`
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC
20549
Form 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR
15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal
year ended May 29,
2010
|
OR
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
Commission File
Number: 0-32113
RESOURCES CONNECTION,
INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
33-0832424
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
17101 Armstrong Avenue, Irvine, California 92614
(Address of principal executive
offices) (Zip Code)
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
(714) 430-6400
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Exchange on Which Registered
|
|
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
|
|
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq Global Select Market)
|
Rights to Purchase Junior Participating Preferred Stock
|
|
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq Global Select Market)
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
None (Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has
filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the registrant was required to submit and post such
files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
(§ 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer þ
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller
reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the
Act). Yes o No þ
As of November 27, 2009, the approximate aggregate market
value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant
was $860,006,000 (based upon the closing price for shares of the
Registrants common stock as reported by The Nasdaq Global
Select Market). As of July 19, 2010, there were
approximately 46,471,447 shares of common stock,
$.01 par value, outstanding.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The registrants definitive proxy statement for the 2010
Annual Meeting of Stockholders, is incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
to the extent stated herein.
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
i
In this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
Resources, Resources Connection,
Resources Global Professionals, Resources
Global, Company, we,
us and our refer to the business of
Resources Connection, Inc. and its subsidiaries. References in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
to fiscal, year or fiscal
year refer to our fiscal years that consist of the 52- or
53-week period ending on the Saturday in May closest to
May 31. The fiscal years ended May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009 consisted of 52 weeks. The fiscal year
ended May 31, 2008 consisted of 53 weeks.
This Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
including information incorporated herein by reference, contains
forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. These statements relate to expectations concerning
matters that are not historical facts. Such forward-looking
statements may be identified by words such as
anticipates, believes, can,
continue, could, estimates,
expects, intends, may,
plans, potential, predicts,
should, or will or the negative of these
terms or other comparable terminology.
Our actual results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements and those of our industry may be materially
different from any future results, levels of activity,
performance or achievements expressed or implied by these
forward-looking statements. These statements and all phases of
our operations are subject to known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors, including those made in
Item 1A of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
as well as our other reports filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC). Readers are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements,
which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. We do not
intend, and undertake no obligation to update the
forward-looking statements in this filing to reflect events or
circumstances after the date of this Annual Report or to reflect
the occurrence of unanticipated events.
ii
PART I
Overview
Resources Connection is a multinational professional services
firm; its operating entities primarily provide services under
the name Resources Global Professionals (Resources
Global or the Company). The Company serves its
clients utilizing experienced professionals specializing in
finance, accounting, risk management and internal audit,
corporate advisory, strategic communications and restructuring,
information management, human capital, supply chain management,
actuarial and legal and regulatory services in support of
client-led projects and initiatives. We assist our clients with
discrete projects requiring specialized expertise in:
|
|
|
|
|
finance and accounting services, such as financial analyses
(e.g., product costing and margin analyses), budgeting and
forecasting, audit preparation, public-entity reporting,
tax-related projects, merger and acquisition due diligence,
initial public offering assistance and assistance in the
preparation or restatement of financial statements;
|
|
|
|
information management services, such as financial
system/enterprise resource planning implementation and post
implementation optimization;
|
|
|
|
corporate advisory, strategic communications and restructuring
services;
|
|
|
|
risk management and internal audit services (provided via our
subsidiary Resources Audit Solutions), including compliance
reviews, internal audit co-sourcing and assisting clients with
their compliance efforts under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Sarbanes);
|
|
|
|
supply chain management services, such as strategic sourcing
efforts, contract negotiations and purchasing strategy;
|
|
|
|
actuarial services for pension and life insurance companies;
|
|
|
|
human capital services, such as change management and
compensation program design and implementation; and
|
|
|
|
legal and regulatory services, such as providing attorneys,
paralegals and contract managers to assist clients (including
law firms) with project-based or peak period needs.
|
We were founded in June 1996 by a team at Deloitte &
Touche LLP (Deloitte & Touche), led by our
chief executive officer, Donald B. Murray, who was then a senior
partner with Deloitte & Touche. Our founders created
Resources Connection to capitalize on the increasing demand for
high quality outsourced professional services. We operated as a
part of Deloitte & Touche from our inception in June
1996 until April 1999. In April 1999, we completed a
management-led buyout. In December 2000, we completed our
initial public offering of common stock and began trading on the
NASDAQ Stock Market. We currently trade on the NASDAQ Global
Select Market. In January 2005, we announced the change of our
operating entity name to Resources Global Professionals to
better reflect the Companys international capabilities.
Our business model combines the client service orientation and
commitment to quality from our legacy as part of a Big Four
accounting firm with the entrepreneurial culture of an
innovative, dynamic company. We are positioned to take advantage
of what we believe are two converging trends in the outsourced
professional services industry: a shift in global demand for
outsourced professional services by corporate clients and a
supply of professionals interested in working in a
non-traditional professional services firm. We believe our
business model allows us to offer challenging yet flexible
career opportunities, attract highly qualified, experienced
professionals and, in turn, attract clients with challenging
professional needs.
As of May 29, 2010, we employed 2,067 professional service
consultants on assignment. Our consultants have professional
experience in a wide range of industries and functional areas
and tend to be in the latter third of their careers, many with
advanced professional degrees or designations. We offer our
consultants careers that combine
1
the flexibility of project-based work with many of the
advantages of working for a traditional professional services
firm.
We served a diverse base of more than 1,800 clients during
fiscal 2010, ranging from large corporations to mid-sized
companies to small entrepreneurial entities, in a broad range of
industries. For example, our clients have included
83 companies that have been in the Fortune 100 at one time
or another. As of May 29, 2010, we served our clients
through 53 offices in the United States and 29 offices abroad.
During our first three years of operations, our offices were
located only in the United States. As the Company has evolved,
we have increased our presence in other regions around the
world. During fiscal 2010, we acquired certain assets of Sitrick
and Company, a strategic communications firm, and Brincko
Associates, Inc., a corporate advisory and restructuring firm
with operations primarily in the United States, through the
purchase of all of the outstanding membership interests in
Sitrick Brincko Group, LLC (Sitrick Brincko Group).
By combining the specialized skill sets of Sitrick Brincko Group
with the Companys existing consultant capabilities,
geographic footprint and client base, the Company believes it
will significantly increase its ability to assist clients during
challenging periods, particularly in the areas of corporate
advisory, strategic communications and restructuring services.
During fiscal 2009, we acquired two companies with operations in
Europe: Limbus Holding B.V. (Limbus), a
Netherlands-based provider of risk, compliance and process
improvement consultancy services to financial institutions and
the public sector; and Kompetensslussen X-tern Personalfunktion
AB (Kompetensslussen), a Sweden-based provider of
human capital services. In fiscal 2009, we also purchased
certain intangible assets of Xperianz, a Cincinnati-based
provider of professional services to expand our presence in the
Ohio Valley area.
While much of our growth in countries outside of the United
States has resulted from the establishment of new Resources
Global offices, we also completed a number of acquisitions prior
to fiscal 2009 to build our presence and to serve our
international clients around the world (including acquisitions
in Australia, India, the Netherlands, Sweden and the United
Kingdom).
We are a multinational company with offices in twenty countries.
Revenue from the Companys major geographic areas was as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue for the Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
384,535
|
|
|
$
|
501,139
|
|
|
|
(23.3
|
)%
|
|
|
77.1
|
%
|
|
|
73.1
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
89,225
|
|
|
|
148,196
|
|
|
|
(39.8
|
)%
|
|
|
17.9
|
%
|
|
|
21.6
|
%
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
25,238
|
|
|
|
36,241
|
|
|
|
(30.4
|
)%
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
498,998
|
|
|
$
|
685,576
|
|
|
|
(27.2
|
)%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Note 16 Segment Information and
Enterprise Reporting to the Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information concerning the
Companys domestic and international operations and
Part I Item 1A. Risk Factors The
increase in our international activities will expose us to
additional operational challenges that we might not otherwise
face for information regarding the risks attendant to our
international operations.
We believe our distinctive culture is a valuable asset and is,
in large part, due to our management team, which has extensive
experience in the professional services industry. Most of our
senior management and office managing directors have Big Four
experience and an equity interest in the Company. This team has
created a culture of professionalism that we believe fosters in
our consultants a feeling of personal responsibility for, and
pride in, client projects and enables us to deliver high-quality
service to our clients.
2
Industry
Background
Changing
Market for Project- or Initiative-Based Professional
Services
Resources Globals services cover a range of professional
areas, with over 50% of revenues derived from accounting and
finance-related services. The market for professional services
is broad and fragmented and independent data on the size of the
market is not readily available. We believe that over the last
decade that the market for professional services has evolved in
response to financial scandals and legislation passed following
such scandals and that companies may be more willing to choose
alternatives to traditional professional service providers.
However, given the recent economic downturn experienced
worldwide, companies are choosing to be cautious and to either
defer, downsize or eliminate internal projects and initiatives.
As economies begin to recover, we believe Resources Global is
positioned as a viable alternative to traditional accounting and
consulting firms in numerous instances because, by using project
professionals, companies can:
|
|
|
|
|
strategically access specialized skills and expertise;
|
|
|
|
effectively supplement internal resources;
|
|
|
|
increase labor flexibility; and
|
|
|
|
reduce their overall hiring, training and termination costs.
|
Typically, companies use a variety of alternatives to fill their
project needs. Companies outsource entire projects to consulting
firms; this provides them access to the expertise of the firm
but often entails significant cost and less management control
of the project. Companies also supplement their internal
resources with employees from the Big Four accounting firms or
other traditional professional services firms; however, these
arrangements are on an ad hoc basis and have been increasingly
limited by regulatory concerns focused on external auditor
independence. Companies use temporary employees from traditional
and Internet-based staffing firms, who may be less experienced
or less qualified than employees from professional services
firms. Finally, some companies rely solely on their own
employees who may lack the requisite time, experience or skills.
Supply
of Project Professionals
Based on discussions with our consultants, we believe that the
number of professionals seeking to work on a project basis has
historically increased due to a desire for:
|
|
|
|
|
more flexible hours and work arrangements, coupled with
competitive wages and benefits and a professional culture;
|
|
|
|
challenging engagements that advance their careers, develop
their skills and add to their experience base;
|
|
|
|
a work environment that provides a diversity of, and more
control over, client engagements; and
|
|
|
|
alternate employment opportunities in the United States and many
foreign regions.
|
The employment alternatives available to professionals may
fulfill some, but not all, of an individuals career
objectives. A professional working for a Big Four firm or a
consulting firm may receive challenging assignments and
training, but may encounter a career path with less choice and
less flexible hours, extensive travel and limited control over
work engagements. Alternatively, a professional who works as an
independent contractor faces the ongoing task of sourcing
assignments and significant administrative burdens.
Resources
Global Professionals Solution
We believe that Resources Global is positioned to capitalize on
the confluence of the industry trends described above. We
believe, based on discussions with our clients, that Resources
Global provides clients seeking project professionals with
high-quality services because we are able to combine all of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
a relationship-oriented approach to assess our clients
project needs;
|
|
|
|
highly qualified professionals with the requisite skills and
experience;
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
competitive rates on an hourly, instead of a per project,
basis; and
|
|
|
|
significant client control of their projects.
|
Resources
Global Professionals Strategy
Our
Business Strategy
We are dedicated to serving our clients with highly qualified
and experienced professionals in support of projects and
initiatives in finance, accounting, risk management and internal
audit, corporate advisory, strategic communications and
restructuring, information management, human capital, supply
chain management, actuarial and legal and regulatory areas. Our
objective is to be the leading provider of these project-based
professional services. We have developed the following business
strategies to achieve this objective:
|
|
|
|
|
Maintain our distinctive culture. Our
corporate culture is the foundation of our business strategy and
we believe it has been a significant component of our success.
Our senior management, virtually all of whom are Big Four or
other professional services firm alumni, has created a culture
that combines the commitment to quality and the client service
focus of a Big Four firm with the entrepreneurial energy of an
innovative, high- growth company. We seek consultants and
management with talent, integrity, enthusiasm and loyalty
(TIEL, an acronym used frequently within the
company) to strengthen our team and support our ability to
provide clients with high-quality services. We believe that our
culture has been instrumental to our success in hiring and
retaining highly qualified employees and, in turn, attracting
clients.
|
|
|
|
Hire and retain highly qualified, experienced
consultants. We believe our highly qualified,
experienced consultants provide us with a distinct competitive
advantage. Therefore, one of our priorities is to continue to
attract and retain high-caliber consultants. We believe we have
been successful in attracting and retaining qualified
professionals by providing challenging work assignments,
competitive compensation and benefits, and continuing education
and training opportunities, while offering flexible work
schedules and more control over choosing client engagements.
|
|
|
|
Build consultative relationships with
clients. We emphasize a relationship-oriented
approach to business rather than a transaction-oriented or
assignment-oriented approach. We believe the professional
services experience of our management and consultants enables us
to understand the needs of our clients and to deliver an
integrated, relationship-oriented approach to meeting their
professional services requirements. We regularly meet with our
existing and prospective clients to understand their business
issues and help them define their project needs. Once an
initiative is defined, we identify consultants with the
appropriate skills and experience to meet the clients
objectives. We believe that by establishing relationships with
our clients to solve their professional services needs, we are
more likely to generate new opportunities to serve them. The
strength and depth of our client relationships is demonstrated
by two key statistics: 1) during fiscal 2010, 96% of our 50
largest clients used more than one service line and 78% of those
top 50 clients used three or more service lines; and 2) 47
of our largest 50 clients in fiscal 2007 remained clients in
fiscal 2010 while 72% of our top 50 clients in 2004 were still
clients in 2010.
|
|
|
|
Build the Resources Global brand. Our
objective is to build Resources Globals reputation as the
premier provider of project-based professional services. Our
primary means of building our brand is by consistently providing
high-quality, value-added services to our clients. We have also
focused on building a significant referral network through our
2,067 consultants on assignment as of May 29, 2010 and 716
management and administrative employees. In addition, we have
ongoing national and local marketing efforts that reinforce the
Resources Global brand.
|
Our
Growth Strategy
Most of our growth since inception has been organic rather than
through acquisition. We believe that we have significant
opportunity for continued strong organic growth in our core
business once the global economy begins to
4
strengthen and, in addition, that we can grow through strategic
acquisitions, such as the Sitrick Brincko Group acquisition this
fiscal year. In both our core and acquired businesses, key
elements of our growth strategy include:
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding work from existing clients. A
principal component of our strategy is to secure additional
initiative work from the clients we have served. We believe,
based on discussions with our clients, that the amount of
revenue we currently receive from many of our clients represents
a relatively small percentage of the amount they spend on
professional services, and that, consistent with historic
industry trends, they may continue to increase the amount they
spend on these services as the global economy recovers. We
believe that by continuing to deliver high-quality services and
by further developing our relationships with our clients, we can
capture a significantly larger share of our clients
expenditures for professional services.
|
|
|
|
Growing our client base. We will continue to
focus on attracting new clients. We strive to develop new client
relationships primarily by leveraging the significant contact
networks of our management and consultants and through referrals
from existing clients. However, the global economic slow-down
impacted the number of clients that we served, which declined
from over 2,400 in fiscal 2008 to just over 1,800 in fiscal
2010. However, we believe we can continue to attract new clients
by building our brand name and reputation and through our
national and local marketing efforts. We anticipate that our
growth efforts this year will continue to focus on identifying
strategic target accounts that tend to be large multinational
companies.
|
|
|
|
Expanding geographically. We have been
expanding geographically to meet the demand for project
professional services across the world. We believe, based upon
our clients requests, that once global economic conditions
improve, there are significant opportunities to resume growth in
our business internationally and, consequently, we intend to
continue to expand our international presence on a strategic and
opportunistic basis. We may add to our existing domestic office
network on an opportunistic basis when our existing clients have
a need or if there is a new client opportunity.
|
|
|
|
Providing additional professional service
offerings. We will continue to develop and
consider entry into new professional service offerings. Since
fiscal 1999, we have diversified our professional service
offerings by entering into the areas of human capital,
information management, internal audit and risk management,
supply chain management and legal services and in fiscal 2010,
we expanded our capabilities in the areas of corporate advisory,
strategic communications and restructuring services with the
acquisition of Sitrick Brincko Group. Our considerations when
evaluating new professional service offerings include cultural
fit, growth potential, profitability, cross-marketing
opportunities and competition.
|
Consultants
We believe that an important component of our success has been
our highly qualified and experienced consultants. As of
May 29, 2010, we employed or contracted with 2,067
consultants on assignment. Our consultants have professional
experience in a wide range of industries and functional areas.
We provide our consultants with challenging work assignments,
competitive compensation and benefits, and continuing education
and training opportunities, while offering more choice
concerning work schedules and more control over choosing client
engagements.
Almost all of our consultants in the United States are employees
of Resources Global. We typically pay each consultant an hourly
rate for each client service hour worked and for certain
administrative time and overtime premiums, as required by law,
and offer benefits, including: paid time off and holidays; a
discretionary bonus program; group medical, dental and vision
programs, each with an approximate
30-50%
contribution by the consultant; a basic term life insurance
program; a 401(k) retirement plan with a discretionary company
match; and professional development and career training.
Typically, a consultant must work a threshold number of hours to
be eligible for all of these benefits. In addition, we offer our
consultants the ability to participate in the Companys
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), which enables
them to purchase shares of the Companys stock at a
discount. We intend to maintain competitive compensation and
benefit programs.
Internationally, our consultants are a mix between employees and
independent contractors. Independent contractor arrangements are
more common abroad than in the United States due to the labor
laws, tax regulations
5
and customs of the international markets we serve. A few
international practices also utilize a partial bench
model; that is, certain consultants are paid a weekly
salary rather than for each client service hour worked.
Clients
We provide our services to a diverse client base in a broad
range of industries. In fiscal 2010, we served more than 1,800
clients. Our revenues are not concentrated with any particular
client or clients, or within any particular industry. In fiscal
2010, our largest client accounted for less than 4% of our
revenue and our 10 largest clients accounted for approximately
18% of our revenues.
The clients listed below represent the geographic and industry
diversity of our client base in fiscal 2010.
|
|
|
AIG
|
|
Kinetic Concepts, Inc.
|
Beckman Coulter, Inc.
|
|
Makita
|
BP
|
|
McKesson Corporation
|
Chevron Texaco
|
|
SONY
|
ConocoPhillips
|
|
Sothebys
|
Delta Air Lines
|
|
Starbucks
|
Expedia, Inc.
|
|
Taco Bell Corp.
|
First American Financial Corporation
|
|
Tyco
|
Kaiser Permanente
|
|
|
Services
and Products
Resources Global was founded with a business model and operating
philosophy rooted in the support of client-led projects and
initiatives. Partnering with business leaders, we help clients
implement internal initiatives. Often, we deliver our services
to clients across multiple areas of expertise:
Finance & Accounting, Information Management, Human
Capital, Corporate Advisory, Strategic
Communications & Restructuring Services,
Legal & Regulatory, Internal Audit & Risk
Management and Supply Chain Management.
Finance &
Accounting
Our Finance & Accounting services encompass accounting
operations, financial reporting, internal controls, financial
analyses and business transactions. Clients utilize our services
to bring accomplished talent to bear on change initiatives as
well as
day-to-day
operational issues; we provide specialized skills and then
transfer knowledge to clients in order to help them leverage
their own personnel. Resources Global helps organizations manage
peak workload periods, add specific skill sets to certain
projects, or have access to full project teams for a specific
initiative.
Project examples include:
|
|
|
|
|
shared service center migrations;
|
|
|
|
finance transformation;
|
|
|
|
restatements of previously issued financial statements;
|
|
|
|
implementation of new accounting standards;
|
|
|
|
post-merger and acquisition integration;
|
|
|
|
external financial reporting and internal management reporting;
|
|
|
|
financial analyses, such as product costing and margin analyses;
|
|
|
|
remediation of internal control weaknesses;
|
|
|
|
business process improvement; and
|
|
|
|
interim accounting management roles, such as chief financial
officer, controller and director of accounting.
|
6
In addition, we may assist with merger and acquisition projects,
including divestitures and carve outs. Our finance and
accounting consultants assist with the following functions for
clients involved in divestitures and carve outs:
|
|
|
|
|
preparation of public filings related to the transactions;
|
|
|
|
carve out audits; and
|
|
|
|
providing subject matter experts to perform technical research
of complex accounting transactions, implementations and
interpretations of pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB).
|
Sample Engagement Financial
Transformation: A global life and material
sciences company needed to carve out the financial processes of
its research division and integrate those processes within other
company business units. Several project teams formed to develop
a plan to implement the transition: finance and accounting,
legal, human resources (HR) and communications.
Resources Global consultants led the finance and accounting team.
The team researched and documented the existing accounting
organization structure and the relationship between accounting,
the research division, business leaders and an existing shared
services organization. From there, the team prepared a proposal
and presentation to management on how to effectively transfer
certain responsibilities to the business leaders with certain
processes remaining in the shared services organization.
Sample Engagement Reduce Close Cycle to Meet
Public Reporting Requirement: Our consultants
reengineered the close process for a billion-dollar global
private engineering company that intended to go public in the
near future. In the initial phase of the project, Resources
Global consultants analyzed the close cycle and made proposals
to trim the close cycle in half, without losing valuable
management information. Close cycle improvements included focus
on the consolidation process; materiality thresholds;
standardization of joint-venture accounting; revenue recognition
issues; matrix reporting implementation; and finance department
website development.
To help ensure the sustainability and repeatability of the
changes identified, our team infused the clients personnel
with the necessary expertise and resources to make the process
improvements a part of the clients on-going culture. We
also served as project managers, functional experts and change
management professionals. To ensure that the improvements gained
traction and remained imbedded in the organization, we trained
client employees and promoted a standardized process throughout
the organization.
Sample Engagement Transition to International
Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS): A Canadian public company
with a complex organizational structure, including international
operations, engaged Resources Global to assist with its
transition from United States generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP) and Canadian GAAP to IFRS.
The Resources Global project team developed a timeline for the
transition process, identifying major milestones and
deliverables required and a preliminary project plan transition
overlay. In addition, the team performed a diagnostic analysis
of high-level issues expected to develop from the transition,
drafted IFRS white papers specific to the industry, provided
recommendations with respect to accounting policy choices,
monitored the IASB work plan and evaluated the impact on the
clients transition project, prepared mock financial
statements adjusted to reflect the application of IFRS, assisted
with the development of IFRS training materials and trained the
financial governance group.
Sample Engagement Development of Single Finance
System for Joint Venture: After a joint venture
was formed between two aerospace and defense companies,
Resources Global was engaged to partner with management to
rationalize and integrate the joint ventures financial and
operational business processes. Resources Global consultants,
with backgrounds in accounting, finance, information technology
(IT) and human resources (HR) provided
project management and technical support functions during the
joint ventures business integration process.
Sample Engagement Conversion to Bank-Holding
Company: Faced with a difficult economic
environment, a Fortune 500 commercial lending company converted
to a bank-holding company in order to receive
7
financial assistance from the United States government. In
addition to providing initial support to assist in the formation
of a bank-holding company, Resources Global was engaged to
provide change management project support in the regulatory and
financial reporting areas of the company. Resources Global
consultants with backgrounds in financial reporting, risk
management, IT and United States regulatory reporting assisted
the organization to meet the extensive reporting requirements of
the newly formed bank-holding company while also working to
rationalize the organizational structure of the business.
Sitrick
Brincko Group
Sitrick Brincko Group offers a unique combination of strategic
counsel, tactical execution, and organizational and logistical
support critical to companies undergoing restructuring and
change. Its extensive experience in general management, finance,
strategic planning, manufacturing and distribution have made
Sitrick Brincko Group a valued partner to boards of directors
and management engaged in unwinding a business mess or rewiring
a business for success.
Now partnered with the broad capabilities and global footprint
of Resources Global, Sitrick Brincko Group can offer a wide
variety of services to clients, including:
|
|
|
|
|
restructuring and reorganization;
|
|
|
|
corporate and financial advisory;
|
|
|
|
finance and capital sourcing;
|
|
|
|
interim and crisis management;
|
|
|
|
dispute resolution and litigation support;
|
|
|
|
bankruptcy claims administration and management; and
|
|
|
|
crisis and strategic communications.
|
Sample Engagement Communication in a Liquidity
Crisis: Sitrick Brincko Group was engaged to
provide crisis communication support to a publicly traded
consumer business facing severe liquidity issues. The
restructuring groups senior practitioners, with 10 to
28 years of experience in developing and implementing
strategic communications for both in and
out-of-court
restructurings, assisted the client with:
|
|
|
|
|
development of communications strategies to help maintain
stability and preserve the value of assets during this period of
financial volatility and change;
|
|
|
|
creation of communications both traditional and
digital that advanced the companys business
goals and aligned with its legal strategy;
|
|
|
|
delivery of communications designed to maintain the confidence
of all stakeholders while the company explored its strategic
alternatives;
|
|
|
|
management of expectations and calmed uncertainties via direct,
targeted communications and judicious use of the media; and
|
|
|
|
communications counsel, program development and implementation
to those charged with the task of communications, business
development, investor relations and other key functions.
|
Sample Engagement Restructuring and Advisement
Services: A publicly held multi-billion dollar
international semiconductor provider engaged Sitrick Brincko
Group to analyze its financial operations, recommend fixes for
its significant losses and evaluate the management team.
Following a Chapter 11 bankruptcy filing, Sitrick Brincko
Group personnel served as Chief Restructuring Officer and
interim Chief Financial Officer. The clients board of
directors tasked Sitrick Brincko Group with responsibility for
the review, analysis and development of strategic business
plans; cash flow projections and feasibility studies in
connection with the overall potential for restructuring success,
as well as claims processing, liquidation analysis and contract
reviews.
8
Information
Management
Our Information Management practice provides planning and
execution services in four primary areas: Program and Project
Management, Business and Technology Integration, Data Strategy
and Management, and IT Strategy and Governance. By focusing on
the initiative as defined by our clients, Resources Global can
provide continuity of service from the creation or expansion of
an overall IT strategy through the post-implementation support.
In addition to these services, we have expertise in a variety of
technology solutions: Enterprise Resource Planning
(ERP) systems; strategic
front-of-the-house
systems; HR information systems; supply chain management
systems, core finance and accounting systems, audit compliance
systems, and financial reporting, planning and consolidation.
Our Information Management consultants work under the
clients direction on a variety of projects related to,
among other things:
Program &
Project Management
|
|
|
|
|
Program Management Office (PMO) implementation and
optimization;
|
|
|
|
project management;
|
|
|
|
change management, communications and training;
|
|
|
|
portfolio rationalization; and
|
|
|
|
project recovery.
|
Business &
Technology Integration
|
|
|
|
|
business analysis and process improvement;
|
|
|
|
system selection and implementation;
|
|
|
|
system stabilization and optimization; and
|
|
|
|
quality assurance and testing.
|
Data
Strategy & Management
|
|
|
|
|
enterprise data strategy;
|
|
|
|
data analysis and reporting;
|
|
|
|
data quality management and standardization; and
|
|
|
|
data conversion and integration.
|
IT
Strategy & Governance
|
|
|
|
|
IT strategy and effectiveness;
|
|
|
|
disaster recovery and business continuity planning;
|
|
|
|
IT governance; and
|
|
|
|
organizational design and interim management.
|
9
Sample Engagement IT
Transformation: Working with a leading hospital
system with more than 40 facilities, Resources Global
consultants helped to transform the IT organization
including people, process and technology to align
and integrate the IT strategy with the companys overall
business goals. This included:
|
|
|
|
|
IT reorganization: Over a six-month schedule, our consultants
designed and managed the transition of 400 IT roles from an
outsourced provider. Specific actions taken included:
|
|
|
|
|
|
guiding senior leadership on developing and maintaining
effective broad-based sponsorship of the project;
|
|
|
|
developing key metrics for appropriate IT staffing levels in
eight different areas, development of the annual salaries
budget, and creating metrics-driven job descriptions;
|
|
|
|
assisting recruitment and hiring of staff across the entire
array of IT functions, including IT directors on site at
hospital facilities; and
|
|
|
|
developing a plan to reduce resistance to change by anticipating
and analyzing the impact on people and processes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
PMO restructuring: Our consultants helped analyze the current
state of the hospital systems PMO, developed a
future-state migration plan and designed effective process
flows, methods and tools.
|
|
|
|
IT controls methodology adoption: Our consultants mapped
existing directives to COBiT (Control Objectives for Information
and related Technology, a set of best practices for IT
management) and reviewed and enhanced documentation deliverables
for consistency, accuracy and completeness.
|
|
|
|
Implementation of
policyIQ®:
Our consultants provided oversight of project effort to migrate
all IT controls and standard operating procedures from an
existing document repository into policyIQ (Resources
Globals web-based content management system), while
identifying control gaps and developing remediation efforts.
|
|
|
|
Overall efforts: Our consultants assisted the company in
accelerating value realization of change efforts; redefining
jobs, roles and responsibilities that enable the IT group to
deliver high-quality services; and creating a controlled
environment that lends itself to consistent and accurate
delivery of services, critical to the success of this project.
|
Sample Engagement PMO and IT Resource
Management: A multi-billion dollar, publicly held
biotechnology company lacked strong visibility regarding its
global IT capacity and was experiencing difficulty in managing
project demands. The business demand for IT resources
exceeded its supply and a long-term approach and a roadmap for
systems and IT processes was needed to support the
organizations growth.
During phase I, Resources Global consultants assessed all
IT resources needs and inventoried IT resources and projects.
Then, partnering with the client, our consultants:
|
|
|
|
|
Designed a Project Prioritization Committee
(including business leaders), a prioritization process and a new
demand- and resources-management process. As a result, a
significant portion of the what should IT work on?
responsibility shifted to the business units, accentuating
responsibility and ownership.
|
|
|
|
Developed, implemented and trained IT leaders on a short-term
tool and processes to track, analyze and report project demand
and resources to address immediate needs.
|
After learning about the competencies and maturity of the IT
organization during phase I, our team built a business case
for phase II, a long-term Project and Portfolio Management
(PPM) solution. A consistent, global approach to
prioritizing projects and allocating resources resulted from our
involvement and partnership with the companys leaders. The
IT organizations effectiveness at supporting and managing
projects rose substantially due to the new PPM solution. As a
result, our consultants provided the client with a real-time
view of critical project information, resource bench strength
and resource allocation. The client now has visibility on its
demand and supply of IT resources and projects at
any given time, enabling it to shift priorities in an organized
and efficient way.
10
Sample Engagement SAP Business Management
Software Implementation: To help ensure its
business readiness and a successful go-live, a large apparel
business engaged Resources Global to provide project management
support for its SAP initiative. Initially, our SAP consultants
with finance and compliance expertise:
|
|
|
|
|
organized and led weekly status meetings with functional
departments;
|
|
|
|
identified, prioritized, and resolved pre go-live action items
for each department;
|
|
|
|
recommended controls and control improvements in each business
process area; and
|
|
|
|
provided regular updates to the North American CFO and the SAP
finance team lead.
|
Subsequent to the initial engagement, the company engaged
Resources Global to replace the incumbent global consulting firm
to provide post go-live support, including:
|
|
|
|
|
data conversion reconciliations between SAP and legacy systems;
|
|
|
|
project management for finance stabilization and optimization
activities;
|
|
|
|
business issue resolution;
|
|
|
|
user training; and
|
|
|
|
re-engineering of the monthly close process.
|
Sample Engagement Oracle Project
Management: As part of its growth strategy, a
global professional services firm needed consistent, aligned and
streamlined processes, systems and reporting. The company was
also looking to optimize their global use of Oracle while
leveraging its existing design to:
|
|
|
|
|
align the system with the organizational matrix-reporting by
geographies and business lines;
|
|
|
|
improve management reporting and decision making;
|
|
|
|
improve the ability to integrate new acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
enable shared services and standardized processes; and
|
|
|
|
set a foundation for resource sharing.
|
Resources Global was engaged to serve as the Oracle project
lead. The role required the team to:
|
|
|
|
|
maintain and communicate the detailed implementation project
plan;
|
|
|
|
conduct Oracle module planning sessions;
|
|
|
|
accumulate proposed design changes to address business
requirements;
|
|
|
|
validate business requirements with stakeholders; and
|
|
|
|
facilitate execution of change initiatives.
|
Human
Capital
Consultants in our Human Capital practice apply
project-management and business analysis skills to help solve
the people aspects of business problems. The two primary areas
of focus of our Human Capital practice are change
management/business transformation and HR operations.
Change Management: To achieve the desired
business outcome, our Human Capital professionals
all with deep operational backgrounds work with
client teams to help drive their initiatives to successful
completion. Using our proprietary
E3 (E
Cubed) change management framework, our consultants are able to
help clients understand and prepare for significant changes in
their organizations and how to best position their teams for
success.
More specifically, our professionals help our clients with three
distinct change management phases:
|
|
|
|
|
Engage Identify key stakeholders and develop
communication messages to ensure buy-in and support
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
Enable Identify objectives, evaluate
readiness and develop organizational modifications
|
|
|
|
Execute Assess impact, deliver training and
communication, and assess outcomes
|
We help manage change resulting from acquisitions, mergers,
reorganizations, system implementations, new legislative
requirements (Sarbanes, Basel II, HIPAA, etc.), downsizing or
any management initiative or reform effort.
HR Operations and Technology: Resources
Globals Human Capital professionals, with backgrounds in
HR operations and technology, possess the business acumen and
technical skills to bring a blend of expertise to various
projects, including:
Organizational
Development
|
|
|
|
|
performance measurement and management;
|
|
|
|
process analysis and redesign;
|
|
|
|
succession planning and career development programs; and
|
|
|
|
employee retention programs, opinion surveys and communication
programs.
|
HR
Information Systems
|
|
|
|
|
project management;
|
|
|
|
change management;
|
|
|
|
system selection and optimization;
|
|
|
|
implementation;
|
|
|
|
data conversion;
|
|
|
|
post-implementation support; and
|
|
|
|
supplementing client staff.
|
HR
Operations
|
|
|
|
|
HR management;
|
|
|
|
compliance/legal;
|
|
|
|
compensation;
|
|
|
|
benefits;
|
|
|
|
HR training; and
|
|
|
|
recruitment.
|
Sample Engagement Change
Management: As part of its IT and organization
transformation initiatives, a large healthcare organization
engaged Resources Global human capital consultants to provide
change management expertise. Our consultants worked with senior
management to:
|
|
|
|
|
define organizational/departmental structures;
|
|
|
|
define specific roles and responsibilities for job functions;
|
|
|
|
develop training plans to ensure adequate competencies;
|
|
|
|
perform organizational readiness assessments; and
|
|
|
|
design change management effectiveness metrics.
|
12
Sample Engagement Restructuring
Assistance: Subsequent to assisting a global
company with a large financial restatement, Resources Global
consultants evaluated the human resource challenges related to
the reorganization of its international controllers group.
During this engagement, we assisted the company with:
|
|
|
|
|
designing mechanisms to facilitate timely and effective
communication;
|
|
|
|
reviewing roles, titles, skills, competencies, and job scope as
required and facilitating efforts of parent and local legal
departments regarding labor contracts, local work councils and
applicable local legislation; and
|
|
|
|
conducting benchmark surveys to determine appropriate salaries
for newly created roles.
|
Sample Engagement Assistance with Managing
Growth: After completing a series of strategic
acquisitions, a large education company identified the need to
develop an internal and external communication plan, create a
new enterprise-wide compensation structure, and adopt a more
cost effective consumer-driven health care program for all
employees. To help facilitate these initiatives, the client
engaged our Human Capital professionals to provide project
management and technical professionals.
Working with the companys senior management, our
consultants helped execute a multi-phased implementation plan to
realign job roles and responsibilities, redesign the
companys compensation strategy and improve internal and
external communications. In addition, our consultants provided
guidance related to the redesign of the health care program,
including program pricing and roll out to the employees.
Legal &
Regulatory
Our Legal & Regulatory practice helps clients drive
and execute their legal, risk management and regulatory
initiatives. The consultants in this group have significant
experience working at the nations top law firms and
companies. Our consultants work at our clients direction
to support both routine and sophisticated initiatives and
projects, as well as to augment their staff. A few examples of
areas in which we serve our clients include:
|
|
|
|
|
mergers and acquisitions (including integration), divestitures
and joint ventures;
|
|
|
|
quarterly and annual SEC filings, annual meetings, proxy
statements and corporate governance matters;
|
|
|
|
commercial transactions, contracts, licensing, real estate
transactions and employment matters;
|
|
|
|
compliance policy development and implementation, compliance
training, testing and reporting;
|
|
|
|
litigation, including complex class actions, investigations and
regulatory exams;
|
|
|
|
bankruptcy, corporate restructurings and workouts;
|
|
|
|
secondment during leaves of absence or due to employee
attrition; and
|
|
|
|
implemention and optimization of legal and business policies,
processes and procedures.
|
Sample Engagement Mergers &
Acquisitions (M&A): A publicly
traded energy company was considering a complex transaction
involving multiple cross-border entities and complicated foreign
assets/subsidiaries. Up against tight deadlines and a
significant volume of work, the General Counsel needed an
additional M&A attorney to work
side-by-side
with him on this strategic acquisition.
Resources Global deployed one of its consultants, with
significant corporate experience handling multi-national
M&A deals in Asia, Europe and South America. Our
consultants level of sophistication and significant
experience on strategic acquisitions, allowed the client to
increase the amount of work done in-house rather than solely
rely on outside counsel, thus dramatically reducing the overall
costs of the transaction.
Sample Engagement Bankruptcy
Support: A publicly traded global manufacturer of
specialty chemicals and polymer products filed a voluntary
petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code. In connection with the bankruptcy filing, our
client needed to engage in a comprehensive review and analysis
of its current commercial and corporate contracts. Given the
significant number of agreements to be reviewed, and in order to
meet the required deadlines, our client asked for additional
support to supplement its in-house legal team and outside
counsel.
13
Resources Global provided a team of five attorney consultants
with varied subject matter expertise, including extensive
experience in bankruptcy, sophisticated commercial transactions,
commercial finance and chemical industry experience. Our
consultants worked with our clients in-house legal team to
review a significant volume of contracts and assist in the
preparation of a schedule of executory contracts. In addition,
we assisted with streamlining various corporate governance
processes.
Sample Engagement Class Action Litigation
Support: One of the worlds largest publicly
traded food and beverage companies was facing a substantial
class action lawsuit. During the discovery phase, the company
was served with various discovery requests, including certain
requests for production of documents. Given the extensive
breadth and scope of these requests, the number of responsive
documents was substantial. In order to respond to the discovery
requests in a timely and cost effective manner, our client
requested that Resources Global partner with its outside
counsel, a large international law firm.
We provided a team of six consultants to work closely with our
clients outside counsel in the review of documents for
responsiveness, confidentiality and privilege.
Resources
Audit Solutions (RAS): Corporate Governance, Risk
Management, Internal Audit and Sarbanes Compliance
Services
Through our RAS practice, we assist clients with a variety of
governance, risk management, internal audit, and compliance
initiatives. The professionals in our RAS practice have
experience in operations, controllership and internal and
external audit and can serve our clients in any number of roles
required from program manager to team member. In
addition to helping clients worldwide in the areas of audit,
risk and compliance, we are able to draw on Resources
Globals other practice areas to bring the required
business expertise to the engagement. Specific types of
engagements include:
|
|
|
|
|
Co-Sourced Internal Audit: Knowing how
businesses function is the key to todays risk-driven
approach to integrated auditing. Our professionals have the
experience required to assess the risks involved and develop and
execute a program to audit the effectiveness and efficiency of
an entity. We work with clients in a number of capacities,
including: providing a variable resource to the clients
staff, adding subject matter expertise, benchmarking processes
against best practices and executing projects. We assist clients
with co-sourcing requirements in:
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT audits;
|
|
|
|
operational audits;
|
|
|
|
financial audits;
|
|
|
|
compliance audits; and
|
|
|
|
fraud or forensic audits.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Royalty, Licensing and Contracts
Auditing: Working in todays increasingly
complex and regulated business environment, we assist clients in
determining vendor and customer compliance with contractual
obligations. We help determine whether vendors are adhering to
pricing formulas, customers are remitting according to licensing
terms, franchisees are correctly calculating fees and internal
contract calculations are accurate. Specifically we can assist
with:
|
|
|
|
|
|
royalty and license audits;
|
|
|
|
vendor audits;
|
|
|
|
franchisee audits; and
|
|
|
|
contract management and compliance audits.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Governance, Risk and Compliance: Recent
economic and world events from 9/11 to the mortgage crisis have
raised the awareness of risk and the need for strong governance
in all areas of business. Companies are responding by taking a
new and deeper look at how they make decisions and govern
themselves, the type of
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
risks present in their environments and how to mitigate those
risks and whether they have a culture of compliance. These
initiatives are typically enterprise-wide and Resources Global
can assist by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
designing and executing a risk assessment process;
|
|
|
|
working as project managers or team members on a governance,
risk and compliance initiative; and
|
|
|
|
evaluating governance processes such as compensation, hiring and
promotion practices and evaluation of systems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sarbanes, J-SOX and Other Compliance
Initiatives: We have worked with clients on a
number of compliance issues, including J-SOX, BSA, Basel II,
HIPAA, Anti Money Laundering and Gramm Leach Bliley. In the area
of Sarbanes compliance, Resources Global helps businesses
by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
re-designing processes to leverage new guidance, using a
risk-based approach;
|
|
|
|
identifying or designing entity level controls; and
|
|
|
|
reducing the cost of on-going testing and documentation.
|
Sample Engagement Compliance Transformation for
Leading Financial Services Institution: The client needed to
transform its compliance program from one focused on the minimal
requirements of a publicly traded finance company to a
comprehensive compliance program appropriate for a Tier I
bank-holding company.
Our cross-functional team of four consultants with significant
experience in bank compliance met with senior management and
helped to define key deliverables and milestones for the overall
compliance transformation plan. The consultants then executed
the plan, providing on-time deliverables, including policies,
risk assessments, training programs, technology assessments and
management briefings.
Sample Engagement Sarbanes
Compliance: A large U.S. government agency
engaged Resources Global to assist with its effort to comply
with certain Sarbanes requirements. Resources Global consultants
are providing project management, quality assurance and testing
expertise to this agency at several locations in which it
operates. In its project management support function, Resources
Global assists in the coordination of agency personnel and other
third parties which are part of the Sarbanes compliance efforts.
Sample Engagement Internal Audit/Sarbanes
Compliance: Resources Global has an ongoing
relationship with a Fortune 200 diversified company, assisting
it in the areas of internal audit and Sarbanes compliance.
Highlights of this relationship include:
|
|
|
|
|
Internal Audit Transformation In
response to the highly publicized issues and ethical breaches at
our clients company, Resources Global assisted in a
complete transformation of the companys internal audit
function. Resources Global deployed 42 consultants to eight
countries in three months to help complete audits of the
companys high-risk businesses. Resources Global also
assisted with developing a global audit plan and initial risk
assessment for the companys audit committee.
|
|
|
|
Sarbanes Compliance The clients
philosophy of autonomy and local decision making required a
highly decentralized structure. As a result, over the course of
several years Resources Global deployed over 500 consultants in
34 countries to assist with all aspects of Sarbanes compliance
including: process documentation, test template design, testing,
quality assurance, remediation, project management and
assistance with non-Sarbanes work to allow process owners to
gain more time for their own Sarbanes involvement.
|
|
|
|
Sarbanes Streamlining In each successive year
of Sarbanes compliance, Resources has worked with the client to
reduce the time and effort required to comply with the evolving
standards and processes.
|
15
Supply
Chain Management
Our Supply Chain Management practice assists clients in the
planning, maintenance and troubleshooting of complex supply
chain systems. Our consultants work as part of client teams to
reduce the total cost of ownership, improve business performance
and produce results. Specifically, our services include:
|
|
|
|
|
performing current state assessments, analyzing and implementing
business process improvements, and assisting with supply chain
management technology enhancements to maximize the effectiveness
of the supply chain.
|
|
|
|
providing experienced and accomplished supply chain
professionals with a variety of skill sets and
backgrounds who can lead or assist strategic
sourcing efforts, negotiate contracts, serve as
commodity/category experts, develop strategies and perform
operational and tactical procurement activities.
|
|
|
|
presenting a variety of supply chain management solutions,
including strategic sourcing; supplier relationship management;
contracts management; supply chain compliance; logistics and
materials management; inventory rationalization; warehouse
optimization; Lean, Six Sigma and Demand Planning and
Forecasting supply chain expertise; supplier diversity
assistance; ERP implementations and purchasing card programs.
|
Sample Engagement Materials and Inventory
Management: A major telecommunications company
experienced rapid and large-scale growth leading to concerns
over the reliability of their supply chain and inventory
management processes and data. Our team of more than 40
consultants in 21 United States markets was engaged to assist
with the project that focused on:
|
|
|
|
|
designing a process and data schematic for capturing receipt and
inventory transfer transactions for upload into their
procurement, inventory and asset management system;
|
|
|
|
designing a physical-count process to validate equipment
balances in warehouses as inventory and also validating
equipment deployed in the wireless network as fixed assets;
|
|
|
|
redesigning the distribution network to include establishing
regional warehouses;
|
|
|
|
redesigning warehouse processes in over 35 locations with five
different third-party logistics providers; and
|
|
|
|
coordinating supply-chain data and
sub-ledger
activities to support year-end close process.
|
Sample Engagement
End-to-End
Current State Assessment: A Resources Global team
of supply chain consultants helped a large United States defense
contractor complete a supply chain management current state
assessment for one of their large business units. The team
reviewed and assessed the organizations
end-to-end
supply chain function, including:
|
|
|
|
|
reviewing the current state processes, systems, organization,
and policies for the sourcing, inventory management and
logistics operations;
|
|
|
|
providing recommendations for future state business processes;
|
|
|
|
identifying short and long-term technology enhancements;
|
|
|
|
providing recommendations on a redesigned supply chain
management organization;
|
|
|
|
writing job descriptions for new and changed job roles; and
|
|
|
|
developing a business case and implementation plan for each
recommended change initiative.
|
policyIQ
Delivered via the web, policyIQ is our proprietary content
management product for documenting, managing and communicating
all types of business information, including policies and
procedures, Sarbanes documentation, training documentation and
other types of business content. Project teams, departments and
entire companies use
16
policyIQ in place of shared directories,
e-mail and
intranet sites to more effectively manage different types of
content including:
|
|
|
|
|
Finance and Accounting: accounting policies, financial reporting
procedures, SEC regulations, bank account reconciliations,
Sarbanes Section 302 certifications and 404 documentation;
|
|
|
|
Information Management: disaster recovery plans, help desk
procedures, system how tos, system access
request forms, change management documentation;
|
|
|
|
Internal Audit: risk assessment, audit test plans, testing
documentation, management action plans, audit committee charters
and meeting minutes;
|
|
|
|
Human Capital: employee handbook, benefits information and
frequently asked questions, new hire and other employee forms,
candidate or employee evaluations;
|
|
|
|
Supply Chain: vendor qualification, procurement policies and
procedures, executed contracts, transaction
documentation; and
|
|
|
|
Legal: Code of Conduct and other compliance documentation
including employee sign-offs, safe harbor and privacy protective
policies, ethics policies, contract templates and agreement
repository.
|
Operations
We generally provide our professional services to clients at a
local level, with the oversight of our regional managing
directors and consultation of our corporate management team. The
managing director, client service director(s) and recruiting
director(s) in each office are responsible for initiating client
relationships, identifying consultants specifically skilled to
perform client projects, ensuring client and consultant
satisfaction throughout engagements and maintaining client
relationships post-engagement. Throughout this process, the
corporate management team and regional managing directors are
available to consult with the managing director with respect to
client services.
Our offices are operated in a decentralized, entrepreneurial
manner. The managing directors of our offices are given
significant autonomy in the daily operations of their respective
offices, and with respect to such offices, are responsible for
overall guidance and supervision, budgeting and forecasting,
sales and marketing, pricing and hiring. We believe that a
substantial portion of the buying decisions made by our clients
are made on a local or regional basis and that our offices most
often compete with other professional services providers on a
local or regional basis. Because our managing directors are in
the best position to understand the local and regional
outsourced professional services market and because clients
often prefer local relationships, we believe that a
decentralized operating environment maximizes operating
performance and contributes to employee and client satisfaction.
We believe that our ability to successfully deliver professional
services to clients is dependent on our managing directors
working together as a collegial and collaborative team, at times
working jointly on client projects. To build a sense of team
effort and increase camaraderie among our managing directors, we
have an incentive program for our office management that awards
annual bonuses based on both the performance of the Company and
the performance of the individuals particular office. In
addition, we believe many members of our office management own
equity in the Company. We also have a new managing director
program whereby new managing directors attend a regularly
scheduled series of seminars taught by experienced managing
directors and other senior management personnel. This program
allows the veteran managing directors to share their success
stories, foster the culture of the Company with the new managing
directors and review specific client and consultant development
programs. We believe these team-based practices enable us to
better serve clients who prefer a centrally organized service
approach.
From our corporate headquarters in Irvine, California, we
provide our North American and certain of our international
offices with centralized administrative, marketing, finance, HR,
IT, legal and real estate support. Our financial reporting is
centralized in our corporate service center. This center also
handles invoicing, accounts payable and collections, and
administers HR services including employee compensation and
benefits administration. During fiscal 2006, we established a
service center in our Utrecht, Netherlands office to provide
centralized
17
finance, HR, IT, payroll and legal support to our European
offices. In addition, in the United States, Canada and Mexico,
we have a corporate networked IT platform with centralized
financial reporting capabilities and a front office client
management system. These centralized functions minimize the
administrative burdens on our office management and allow them
to spend more time focused on client and consultant development.
Business
Development
Our business development initiatives are composed of:
|
|
|
|
|
local initiatives focused on existing clients and target
companies;
|
|
|
|
national and international targeting efforts focused on
multinational companies;
|
|
|
|
brand marketing activities; and
|
|
|
|
national and local direct mail programs.
|
Our business development efforts are driven by the networking
and sales efforts of our management. The managing directors and
client service directors in our offices develop a list of
potential clients and key existing clients. In addition, the
directors are assisted by management professionals focused on
business development efforts on a national basis. These business
development professionals, teamed with the managing directors
and client service group, are responsible for initiating and
fostering relationships with the senior management of our
targeted client companies. These local efforts are supplemented
with national marketing assistance. We believe that these
efforts have been effective in generating incremental revenues
from existing clients and developing new client relationships.
Our brand marketing initiatives help develop Resources
Globals image in the markets we serve. Although we have
reduced media advertising during fiscal 2010 in response to the
economic slowdown, our brand is reinforced by our professionally
designed website, direct marketing, seminars, brochures and
pamphlets and public relations efforts. During fiscal 2011, we
intend to commence a targeted marketing campaign with print and
on-line media components. We believe that our branding
initiatives coupled with our high-quality client service help to
differentiate us from our competitors and to establish Resources
Global as a credible and reputable global professional services
firm.
Our marketing group develops our direct mail campaigns to focus
on our targeted client and consultant populations. These
campaigns are intended to support our branding, sales and
marketing, and consultant hiring initiatives.
Competition
We operate in a competitive, fragmented market and compete for
clients and consultants with a variety of organizations that
offer similar services. Our principal competitors include:
|
|
|
|
|
consulting firms;
|
|
|
|
local, regional, national and international accounting firms;
|
|
|
|
independent contractors;
|
|
|
|
traditional and Internet-based staffing firms; and
|
|
|
|
the in-house resources of our clients.
|
We compete for clients on the basis of the quality of
professionals, the timely availability of professionals with
requisite skills, the scope and price of services, and the
geographic reach of services. We believe that our attractive
value proposition, consisting of our highly qualified
consultants, relationship-oriented approach and professional
culture, enables us to differentiate ourselves from our
competitors. Although we believe we compete favorably with our
competitors, many of our competitors have significantly greater
financial resources, generate greater revenues and have greater
name recognition than we do.
18
Employees
As of May 29, 2010, we had a total of 2,783 employees,
including 716 corporate and local office employees and 2,067
consultants. Our employees are not covered by any collective
bargaining agreements.
Available
Information
The Companys principal executive offices are located at
17101 Armstrong Avenue, Irvine, California 92614. The
Companys telephone number is
(714) 430-6400
and its website address is
http://www.resourcesglobal.com.
The information set forth in the website does not constitute
part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
We file our annual reports on
Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q,
and current reports on
Form 8-K
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 with the SEC electronically. These reports
are maintained on the SECs website at
http://www.sec.gov.
A free copy of our annual reports on
Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q,
and current reports on
Form 8-K
and amendments to those reports may be obtained as soon as
reasonably practicable after we file such reports with the SEC
on our website at
http://www.resourcesglobal.com.
You should carefully consider the risks described below before
making a decision to buy shares of our common stock. The order
of the risks is not an indication of their relative weight or
importance. The risks and uncertainties described below are not
the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties,
including those risks set forth in Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, may also adversely impact and impair our
business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our
business could be harmed. In that case, the trading price of our
common stock could decline, and you might lose all or part of
your investment. When determining whether to buy our common
stock, you should also refer to the other information in this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
including our financial statements and the related notes.
A
continuation of the economic downturn or change in the use of
outsourced professional services consultants could adversely
affect our business.
Beginning in fiscal 2008, the United States economy deteriorated
significantly, resulting in a reduction in our revenue as
clients delayed, down-sized or cancelled initiatives that
required the use of professional services. In addition, during
fiscal 2009, many European and Asia Pacific countries reported
significant contraction in their economies. Continued
deterioration of the United States and international economies,
coupled with tight credit markets, could result in a further
reduction in the demand for our services and adversely affect
our business in the future. In addition, the use of professional
services consultants on a
project-by-project
basis could decline for non-economic reasons. In the event of a
reduction in the demand for our consultants, our financial
results would suffer.
The economic downturn may also affect our allowance for doubtful
accounts. Our estimate of losses resulting from our
clients failure to make required payments for services
rendered has historically been within our expectations and the
provisions established. However, we cannot guarantee that we
will continue to experience the same credit loss rates that we
have in the past, especially given the deterioration in the
global economy. A significant change in the liquidity or
financial position of our clients could cause unfavorable trends
in receivable collections and cash flows and additional
allowances may be required. These additional allowances could
materially affect the Companys future financial results.
In addition, we are required to periodically, but at least
annually, assess the recoverability of certain assets, including
deferred tax assets and goodwill. Continued softening of the
United States economy and the downturn in international
economies could adversely affect our evaluation of the
recoverability of deferred tax assets, requiring us to record
additional tax valuation allowances. Our assessment of
impairment of goodwill is currently based upon comparing our
market capitalization to our net book value. Therefore, a
significant downturn in the future market value of our stock
could potentially result in impairment reductions of goodwill in
the future and such an adjustment could materially affect the
Companys future financial results and financial condition.
19
The
market for professional services is highly competitive, and if
we are unable to compete effectively against our competitors,
our business and operating results could be adversely
affected.
We operate in a competitive, fragmented market, and we compete
for clients and consultants with a variety of organizations that
offer similar services. The competition is likely to increase in
the future due to the expected growth of the market and the
relatively few barriers to entry. Our principal competitors
include:
|
|
|
|
|
consulting firms;
|
|
|
|
local, regional, national and international accounting firms;
|
|
|
|
independent contractors;
|
|
|
|
traditional and Internet-based staffing firms; and
|
|
|
|
the in-house resources of our clients.
|
We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively
against existing or future competitors. Many of our competitors
have significantly greater financial resources, greater revenues
and greater name recognition, which may afford them an advantage
in attracting and retaining clients and consultants. Some of our
competitors in certain markets do not provide medical and other
benefits to their consultants, thereby allowing them to
potentially charge lower rates to clients. In addition, our
competitors may be able to respond more quickly to changes in
companies needs and developments in the professional
services industry.
Our
business depends upon our ability to secure new projects from
clients and, therefore, we could be adversely affected if we
fail to do so.
We do not have long-term agreements with our clients for the
provision of services. The success of our business is dependent
on our ability to secure new projects from clients. For example,
if we are unable to secure new client projects because of
improvements in our competitors service offerings, or
because of a change in government regulatory requirements, or
because of an economic downturn decreasing the demand for
outsourced professional services, our business is likely to be
materially adversely affected. New impediments to our ability to
secure projects from clients may develop over time, such as the
increasing use by large clients of in-house procurement groups
that manage their relationship with service providers.
We may
be legally liable for damages resulting from the performance of
projects by our consultants or for our clients
mistreatment of our consultants.
Many of our engagements with our clients involve projects that
are critical to our clients businesses. If we fail to meet
our contractual obligations, we could be subject to legal
liability or damage to our reputation, which could adversely
affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
While we have not been subject to a legal claim filed by a
client, it remains possible, because of the nature of our
business, that we will be sued in the future. Claims brought
against us could have a serious negative effect on our
reputation and on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
Because we are in the business of placing our consultants in the
workplaces of other companies, we are subject to possible claims
by our consultants alleging discrimination, sexual harassment,
negligence and other similar activities by our clients. We may
also be subject to similar claims from our clients based on
activities by our consultants. The cost of defending such
claims, even if groundless, could be substantial and the
associated negative publicity could adversely affect our ability
to attract and retain consultants and clients.
We may
not be able to grow our business, manage our growth or sustain
our current business.
Historically, we have grown by opening new offices and by
increasing the volume of services provided through existing
offices. During the recent economic slow-down, our revenue
declined for five consecutive quarters through the first quarter
of fiscal 2010. Since then we have experienced a modest growth
rate. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain
or expand our market presence in our current locations or to
successfully enter other
20
markets or locations. Our ability to continue to grow our
business will depend upon an improving global economy and a
number of factors, including our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
grow our client base;
|
|
|
|
expand profitably into new cities;
|
|
|
|
provide additional professional services offerings;
|
|
|
|
hire qualified and experienced consultants;
|
|
|
|
maintain margins in the face of pricing pressures;
|
|
|
|
manage costs; and
|
|
|
|
maintain or grow revenues and increase other service offerings
from existing clients.
|
Even if we are able to resume more rapid growth in our revenue,
the growth will result in new and increased responsibilities for
our management as well as increased demands on our internal
systems, procedures and controls, and our administrative,
financial, marketing and other resources. For instance, a
limited number of clients are requesting that certain
engagements be of a fixed fee nature rather than our traditional
hourly time and materials approach, thus shifting a portion of
the burden of financial risk and monitoring to us. Failure to
adequately respond to these new responsibilities and demands may
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operation.
The
increase in our international activities will expose us to
additional operational challenges that we might not otherwise
face.
As we increase our international activities, we will have to
confront and manage a number of risks and expenses that we would
not face if we conducted our operations solely in the United
States. Any of these risks or expenses could cause a material
negative effect on our operating results. These risks and
expenses include:
|
|
|
|
|
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign offices as a
result of, among other things, distance, language and cultural
differences;
|
|
|
|
less flexible labor laws and regulations;
|
|
|
|
expenses associated with customizing our professional services
for clients in foreign countries;
|
|
|
|
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations when we sell our
professional services in denominations other than United
States dollars;
|
|
|
|
protectionist laws and business practices that favor local
companies;
|
|
|
|
political and economic instability in some international markets;
|
|
|
|
multiple, conflicting and changing government laws and
regulations;
|
|
|
|
trade barriers;
|
|
|
|
reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some
countries; and
|
|
|
|
potentially adverse tax consequences.
|
We
have acquired, and may continue to acquire, companies, and these
acquisitions could disrupt our business.
We have acquired several companies and we may continue to
acquire companies in the future. Entering into an acquisition
entails many risks, any of which could harm our business,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
diversion of managements attention from other business
concerns;
|
|
|
|
failure to integrate the acquired company with our existing
business;
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
failure to motivate, or loss of, key employees from either our
existing business or the acquired business;
|
|
|
|
potential impairment of relationships with our employees and
clients;
|
|
|
|
additional operating expenses not offset by additional revenue;
|
|
|
|
incurrence of significant non-recurring charges;
|
|
|
|
incurrence of additional debt with restrictive covenants or
other limitations;
|
|
|
|
addition of significant amounts of intangible assets, including
goodwill, that are subject to periodic assessment of impairment,
primarily through comparison of market value of our stock to our
net book value, with such impairment potentially resulting in a
material impact on our future financial results and financial
condition;
|
|
|
|
dilution of our stock as a result of issuing equity
securities; and
|
|
|
|
assumption of liabilities of the acquired company.
|
Additionally, in accordance with GAAP, we estimate and record
the acquisition date fair value of contingent consideration as
part of purchase price consideration for acquisitions occurring
subsequent to May 30, 2009. Each reporting period, we will
estimate changes in the fair value of contingent consideration
and any change in fair value will be recognized in our
consolidated statement of operations. Our estimate of the fair
value of contingent consideration requires very subjective
assumptions to be made of future operating results, discount
rates and probabilities assigned to various potential operating
result scenarios. Future revisions to these assumptions could
materially change our estimate of the fair value of contingent
consideration and therefore materially affect the Companys
future financial results and financial condition.
Under the terms of our acquisition agreements for Sitrick
Brincko Group, up to 20% of the contingent consideration is
payable to employees of the acquired business at the end of the
measurement period to the extent certain growth targets are
achieved. We will record the estimated amount of the contractual
obligation to pay the employee portion of the contingent
consideration as compensation expense over the service period as
it is deemed probable that growth targets will be achieved. Our
estimate of the amount of the employee portion of contingent
consideration requires very subjective assumptions to be made of
future operating results. Future revisions to these assumptions
could materially change our estimate of the amount of the
employee portion of contingent consideration and therefore
materially affect the Companys future financial results
and financial condition.
We
must provide our clients with highly qualified and experienced
consultants, and the loss of a significant number of our
consultants, or an inability to attract and retain new
consultants, could adversely affect our business and operating
results.
Our business involves the delivery of professional services, and
our success depends on our ability to provide our clients with
highly qualified and experienced consultants who possess the
skills and experience necessary to satisfy their needs. At
various times, such professionals can be in great demand,
particularly in certain geographic areas. Our ability to attract
and retain consultants with the requisite experience and skills
depends on several factors including, but not limited to, our
ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
provide our consultants with either full-time or flexible-time
employment;
|
|
|
|
obtain the type of challenging and high-quality projects that
our consultants seek;
|
|
|
|
pay competitive compensation and provide competitive
benefits; and
|
|
|
|
provide our consultants with flexibility as to hours worked and
assignment of client engagements.
|
We cannot assure you that we will be successful in accomplishing
any of these factors and, even if we are, that we will be
successful in attracting and retaining the number of highly
qualified and experienced consultants necessary to maintain and
grow our business.
22
Decreased
effectiveness of equity compensation could adversely affect our
ability to attract and retain employees.
We have historically used stock options as a key component of
our employee compensation program in order to align
employees interests with the interests of our
stockholders, encourage employee retention and provide
competitive compensation packages. The requirement to expense
stock-based compensation beginning in fiscal 2007 may limit
our use of stock options and other stock-based awards to attract
and retain employees because of the possible impact on our
results of operations. This treatment could make it more
difficult to attract, retain and motivate employees. In
addition, a significant portion of our options outstanding are
priced at more than the current per share market valuation of
our stock, further reducing existing option grants as an
incentive to retain employees.
Our
computer hardware and software and telecommunications systems
are susceptible to damage and interruption.
The management of our business is aided by the uninterrupted
operation of our computer and telecommunication systems. These
systems are vulnerable to security breaches, natural disasters,
computer viruses, or other interruptions or damage stemming from
power outages, equipment failure or unintended usage by
employees. System-wide or local failures of these systems could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Our
cash and short-term investments are subject to economic
risk.
The Company invests its cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments in United States treasuries and government agencies,
bank deposits, money market funds, commercial paper and
certificates of deposit. Certain of these investments are
subject to general credit, liquidity, market and interest rate
risks. In the event these risks caused a decline in value of any
of the Companys investments, it could adversely affect the
Companys financial condition.
Our
business could suffer if we lose the services of one or more key
members of our senior management.
Our future success depends upon the continued employment of our
senior management team. The departure of one or more key members
of our senior management team, including management of Sitrick
Brincko Group, could significantly disrupt our operations.
Our
quarterly financial results may be subject to significant
fluctuations that may increase the volatility of our stock
price.
Our results of operations could vary significantly from quarter
to quarter. Factors that could affect our quarterly operating
results include:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to attract new clients and retain current clients;
|
|
|
|
the mix of client projects;
|
|
|
|
the announcement or introduction of new services by us or any of
our competitors;
|
|
|
|
the expansion of the professional services offered by us or any
of our competitors into new locations both nationally and
internationally;
|
|
|
|
changes in the demand for our services by our clients;
|
|
|
|
the entry of new competitors into any of our markets;
|
|
|
|
the number of consultants eligible for our offered benefits as
the average length of employment with the Company increases;
|
|
|
|
the amount of vacation hours used by consultants or number of
holidays in a quarter, particularly the day of the week on which
they occur;
|
|
|
|
changes in the pricing of our professional services or those of
our competitors;
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
variation in foreign exchange rates from one quarter to the next
used to translate the financial results of our international
operations;
|
|
|
|
the amount and timing of operating costs and capital
expenditures relating to management and expansion of our
business;
|
|
|
|
changes in the estimates of contingent consideration and the
employee portion of contingent consideration;
|
|
|
|
the timing of acquisitions and related costs, such as
compensation charges that fluctuate based on the market price of
our common stock; and
|
|
|
|
the periodic fourth quarter consisting of 14 weeks, which
last occurred during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008.
|
Due to these factors, we believe that
quarter-to-quarter
comparisons of our results of operations are not meaningful
indicators of future performance. It is possible that in some
future periods, our results of operations may be below the
expectations of investors. If this occurs, the price of our
common stock could decline.
If our
internal control over financial reporting does not comply with
the requirements of Sarbanes, our business and stock price could
be adversely affected.
Section 404 of Sarbanes requires us to evaluate
periodically the effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting, and to include a management report
assessing the effectiveness of our internal controls as of the
end of each fiscal year. Our management report on internal
controls is contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Section 404 also requires our independent registered public
accountant to report on our internal control over financial
reporting.
Our management does not expect that our internal control over
financial reporting will prevent all errors or acts of fraud. A
control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can
provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the
control systems objectives will be met. Further, the
design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are
resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be
considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent
limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls
can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and
instances of fraud, if any, involving us have been, or will be,
detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that
judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns
can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Controls can
also be circumvented by individual acts of a person, or by
collusion among two or more people, or by management override of
controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part
on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events,
and we cannot assure you that any design will succeed in
achieving its stated goals under all potential future
conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of
compliance with policies and procedures. Because of the inherent
limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements
due to errors or fraudulent acts may occur and not be detected.
Although our management has determined, and our independent
registered public accountant has attested, that our internal
control over financial reporting was effective as of
May 29, 2010, we cannot assure you that we or our
independent registered public accountant will not identify a
material weakness in our internal controls in the future. A
material weakness in our internal control over financial
reporting may require management and our independent registered
public accountant to evaluate our internal controls as
ineffective. If our internal control over financial reporting is
not considered adequate, we may experience a loss of public
confidence, which could have an adverse effect on our business
and our stock price. Additionally, if our internal control over
financial reporting otherwise fails to comply with the
requirements of Sarbanes, our business and stock price could be
adversely affected.
We may
be subject to laws and regulations that impose difficult and
costly compliance requirements and subject us to potential
liability and the loss of clients.
In connection with providing services to clients in certain
regulated industries, such as the gaming and energy industries,
we are subject to industry-specific regulations, including
licensing and reporting requirements. Complying with these
requirements is costly and, if we fail to comply, we could be
prevented from rendering services to
24
clients in those industries in the future. Additionally, changes
in these requirements, or in other laws applicable to us, in the
future could increase our costs of compliance.
In addition, we may face challenges from certain state
regulatory bodies governing the provision of certain
professional services, like legal services or audit services.
The imposition of such regulations could require additional
financial and operational burdens on our business.
It may
be difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, and this
could depress its stock price.
Delaware corporate law and our amended and restated certificate
of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could delay,
defer or prevent a change of control of the Company or our
management. These provisions could also discourage proxy
contests and make it difficult for you and other stockholders to
elect directors and take other corporate actions. As a result,
these provisions could limit the price that future investors are
willing to pay for your shares. These provisions:
|
|
|
|
|
authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series
of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which can be
determined by the board of directors at the time of issuance;
|
|
|
|
divide our board of directors into three classes of directors,
with each class serving a staggered three-year term. Because the
classification of the board of directors generally increases the
difficulty of replacing a majority of the directors, it may tend
to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or
otherwise attempting to obtain control of us and may make it
difficult to change the composition of the board of directors;
|
|
|
|
prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors which,
if not prohibited, could allow a minority stockholder holding a
sufficient percentage of a class of shares to ensure the
election of one or more directors;
|
|
|
|
require that any action required or permitted to be taken by our
stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special
meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by any consent
in writing;
|
|
|
|
state that special meetings of our stockholders may be called
only by the chairman of the board of directors, by our chief
executive officer, by the board of directors after a resolution
is adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized
directors, or by the holders of not less than 10% of our
outstanding voting stock;
|
|
|
|
establish advance notice requirements for submitting nominations
for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters
that can be acted upon by stockholders at a meeting;
|
|
|
|
provide that certain provisions of our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws can be amended only by supermajority
vote (a
662/3%
majority) of the outstanding shares. In addition, our board of
directors can amend our bylaws by majority vote of the members
of our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
allow our directors, not our stockholders, to fill vacancies on
our board of directors; and
|
|
|
|
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed
only by resolution of the board of directors.
|
The Companys board of directors has adopted a stockholder
rights plan, which is described further in Note 11
Stockholders Equity of the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form
10-K. The
existence of this rights plan may also have the effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of the
Company or our management by deterring acquisitions of our stock
not approved by our board of directors.
We are
required to recognize compensation expense related to employee
stock options and our employee stock purchase plan. There is no
assurance that the expense that we are required to recognize
measures accurately the value of our share-based payment awards
and the recognition of this expense could cause the trading
price of our common stock to decline.
We measure and recognize compensation expense for all
stock-based compensation based on estimated values. Thus, our
operating results contain a non-cash charge for stock-based
compensation expense related to employee
25
stock options and our employee stock purchase plan. In general,
accounting guidance requires the use of an option-pricing model
to determine the value of share-based payment awards. This
determination of value is affected by our stock price as well as
assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective
variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, our
expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and
actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors.
Option-pricing models were developed for use in estimating the
value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and
are fully transferable. Because our employee stock options have
certain characteristics that are significantly different from
traded options, and because changes in the subjective
assumptions can materially affect the estimated value, in
managements opinion the existing valuation models may not
provide an accurate measure of the value of our employee stock
options. Although the value of employee stock options is
determined using an option-pricing model, that value may not be
indicative of the fair value observed in a willing buyer/willing
seller market transaction.
As a result of the adoption of the required accounting for
stock-based compensation, our earnings are lower than they would
have been. There also is variability in our net income due to
the timing of the exercise of options that trigger disqualifying
dispositions which impact our tax provision. This will continue
to be the case for future periods. We cannot predict the effect
that this adverse impact on our reported operating results will
have on the trading price of our common stock.
We may
be unable to or elect not to pay our quarterly dividend
payment.
Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2010, our board of directors
announced the establishment of a regular quarterly dividend,
subject to quarterly board of director approval, of $0.04 per
share. The payment of, or continuation of, the regular quarterly
dividend will be at the discretion of our board of directors and
will be dependent upon our financial condition, results of
operations, capital requirements, general business conditions,
potential future contractual restrictions contained in credit
agreements and other agreements and other factors deemed
relevant by our board of directors. The failure to pay the
quarterly dividend or the discontinuance of the quarterly
dividend could adversely affect the trading price of our common
stock.
We may
be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property
rights, including our brand name. If we fail to adequately
protect our intellectual property rights, the value of such
rights may diminish and our results of operations and financial
condition may be adversely affected.
We believe that establishing, maintaining and enhancing the
Resources Global Professionals brand name is essential to our
business. We have applied for United States and foreign
registrations on this service mark. We have previously obtained
United States registrations on our Resources Connection service
mark and puzzle piece logo, Registration No. 2,516,522
registered December 11, 2001; No. 2,524,226 registered
January 1, 2002; and No. 2,613,873, registered
September 3, 2002 as well as certain foreign registrations.
We had been aware from time to time of other companies using the
name Resources Connection or some variation thereof
and this contributed to our decision to adopt the operating
company name of Resources Global Professionals. We obtained
United States registration on our Resources Global Professionals
service mark, Registration No. 3,298,841 registered
September 25, 2007. However, our rights to this service
mark are not currently protected in some of our foreign
registrations, and there is no guarantee that any of our pending
applications for such registration (or any appeals thereof or
future applications) will be successful. Although we are not
aware of other companies using the name Resources Global
Professionals at this time, there could be potential trade
name or service mark infringement claims brought against us by
the users of these similar names and marks and those users may
have service mark rights that are senior to ours. If these
claims were successful, we could be forced to cease using the
service mark Resources Global Professionals even if
an infringement claim is not brought against us. It is also
possible that our competitors or others will adopt service names
similar to ours or that our clients will be confused by another
company using a name, service mark or trademark similar to ours,
thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity. We cannot
assure you that our business would not be adversely affected if
confusion did occur or if we were required to change our name.
|
|
ITEM 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS.
|
Not applicable.
26
As of May 29, 2010, we maintained 53 domestic offices, all
under operating lease agreements (except for the Irvine,
California location), in the following metropolitan areas:
|
|
|
|
|
Birmingham, Alabama
|
|
Honolulu, Hawaii
|
|
Charlotte, North Carolina
|
Phoenix, Arizona
|
|
Boise, Idaho
|
|
Raleigh, North Carolina
|
Century City, California
|
|
Chicago, Illinois
|
|
Cincinnati, Ohio
|
Costa Mesa, California
|
|
Downers Grove, Illinois
|
|
Cleveland, Ohio
|
Irvine, California
|
|
Indianapolis, Indiana
|
|
Columbus, Ohio
|
Los Angeles, California
|
|
Louisville, Kentucky
|
|
Tulsa, Oklahoma
|
Sacramento, California
|
|
Baltimore, Maryland
|
|
Portland, Oregon
|
Santa Clara, California
|
|
Boston, Massachusetts
|
|
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
|
San Diego, California
|
|
Detroit, Michigan
|
|
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
|
San Francisco, California
|
|
Minneapolis, Minnesota
|
|
Nashville, Tennessee
|
Walnut Creek, California
|
|
Kansas City, Missouri
|
|
Austin, Texas
|
Woodland Hills, California
|
|
St. Louis, Missouri
|
|
Dallas, Texas
|
Denver, Colorado
|
|
Las Vegas, Nevada
|
|
Houston, Texas
|
Hartford, Connecticut
|
|
Parsippany, New Jersey
|
|
San Antonio, Texas
|
Stamford, Connecticut
|
|
Princeton, New Jersey
|
|
Seattle, Washington
|
Plantation, Florida
|
|
Long Island, New York
|
|
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
|
Tampa, Florida
|
|
New York, New York (2)
|
|
Washington, D.C. (McLean, Virginia)
|
Atlanta, Georgia
|
|
|
|
|
As of May 29, 2010, we maintained 29 international offices
under operating lease agreements, located in the following
cities and countries:
|
|
|
|
|
Melbourne, Australia
Sydney, Australia
Brussels, Belgium
Calgary, Canada
Montreal, Canada
Toronto, Canada
Copenhagen, Denmark
Paris, France
Frankfurt, Germany
Bangalore, India
|
|
Mumbai, India
Dublin, Ireland
Milan, Italy
Nagoya, Japan
Tokyo, Japan
Luxembourg
Mexico City, Mexico
Maastricht, Netherlands
Amsterdam (Utrecht),
Netherlands
|
|
Oslo, Norway
Beijing, Peoples Republic of China
Hong Kong, Peoples Republic of China
Shanghai, Peoples Republic of China
Singapore
Stockholm, Sweden
Taipei, Taiwan
Birmingham, United Kingdom
Edinburgh, United Kingdom
London, United Kingdom
|
Our corporate offices are located in Irvine, California. We own
an approximately 56,800 square foot office building in
Irvine, California, of which we occupy approximately
24,000 square feet. Approximately 20,800 square feet
is leased to independent third parties, with the remainder
offered for lease.
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS.
|
We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings;
however, we are a party to various legal proceedings arising in
the ordinary course of our business.
27
PART II
|
|
ITEM 5.
|
MARKET
FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
|
Price
Range of Common Stock
Our common stock has traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market
under the symbol RECN since December 15, 2000.
Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common
stock. The approximate number of holders of record of our common
stock as of July 9, 2010 was 43 (a holder of record is the
name of an individual or entity that an issuer carries in its
records as the registered holder (not necessarily the beneficial
owner) of the issuers securities).
The following table sets forth the range of high and low closing
sales prices reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market for our
common stock for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Range of
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
19.61
|
|
|
$
|
14.77
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
20.18
|
|
|
$
|
14.59
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
21.73
|
|
|
$
|
17.04
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
19.42
|
|
|
$
|
15.45
|
|
Fiscal 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
24.31
|
|
|
$
|
18.09
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
25.06
|
|
|
$
|
13.32
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
16.70
|
|
|
$
|
13.59
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
20.01
|
|
|
$
|
12.87
|
|
Dividend
Policy
Our policy through fiscal 2010 has been to not declare or pay a
regular cash dividend on our capital stock, although we did make
a one-time payment in fiscal 2008. On July 20, 2010, the
Companys board of directors announced that it had
authorized the establishment of a regular quarterly dividend,
subject to quarterly board of director approval, of $0.04 per
share. The initial dividend payment will be paid on
September 15, 2010 to shareholders of record at the close
of business on August 18, 2010. Continuation of the regular
quarterly dividend will be at the discretion of our board of
directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results
of operations, capital requirements, general business condition,
contractual restrictions contained in our credit agreement and
other agreements, and other factors deemed relevant by our board
of directors.
Issuances
of Unregistered Securities
None.
28
Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities
In July 2007, our board of directors approved a new stock
repurchase program, authorizing the purchase, at the discretion
of the Companys senior executives, of our common stock for
an aggregate dollar limit not to exceed $150 million. The
table below provides information regarding our stock repurchases
made during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 under our stock
repurchase program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate Dollar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
Value of Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased as
|
|
|
that May Yet be
|
|
|
|
Total Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Part of Publicly
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
Announced
|
|
|
Under the
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Paid per Share
|
|
|
Program
|
|
|
Program
|
|
|
February 28, 2010 March 27, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,737,488
|
|
March 28, 2010 April 24, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,737,488
|
|
April 25, 2010 May 29, 2010
|
|
|
186,835
|
|
|
$
|
17.06
|
|
|
|
186,835
|
|
|
$
|
26,550,765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total February 28, 2010 May 29, 2010
|
|
|
186,835
|
|
|
$
|
17.06
|
|
|
|
186,835
|
|
|
$
|
26,550,765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
Performance
Graph
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the annual percentage
change in the cumulative total return to the holders of our
common stock with the cumulative total return of the Russell
2000 Index, and companies classified under Standard Industry
Codes as 8742-Management Consulting Services and 8748-Business
Consulting Services for the period commencing May 28, 2005
and ending on May 29, 2010. The graph assumes $100 was
invested on May 28, 2005 in our common stock and in each
index (based on prices from the close of trading on May 28,
2005), and that all dividends are reinvested. Stockholder
returns over the indicated period may not be indicative of
future stockholder returns.
The information contained in the performance graph shall not
be deemed to be soliciting material or to be
filed with the SEC, nor shall such information be
incorporated by reference into any future filing under the
Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates
it by reference into such filing.
COMPARISON
OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
AMONG RESOURCES CONNECTION, INC., THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX,
SIC CODE 8742 MANAGEMENT CONSULTING SERVICES
AND SIC CODE 8748 BUSINESS CONSULTING
SERVICES
ASSUMES
$100 INVESTED ON MAY 28, 2005
ASSUMES DIVIDENDS REINVESTED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
Company/Index/Market
|
|
|
5/28/2005
|
|
|
5/27/2006
|
|
|
5/26/2007
|
|
|
5/31/2008
|
|
|
5/30/2009
|
|
|
5/29/2010
|
Resources Connection, Inc.
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
128.01
|
|
|
|
|
161.95
|
|
|
|
|
109.54
|
|
|
|
|
96.61
|
|
|
|
|
84.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management Consulting Services (SIC 8742)
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
111.73
|
|
|
|
|
134.93
|
|
|
|
|
130.52
|
|
|
|
|
100.13
|
|
|
|
|
116.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Russell 2000 Index
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
118.24
|
|
|
|
|
140.61
|
|
|
|
|
125.80
|
|
|
|
|
85.80
|
|
|
|
|
114.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business Consulting Services (SIC 8748)
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
99.62
|
|
|
|
|
126.75
|
|
|
|
|
107.57
|
|
|
|
|
80.73
|
|
|
|
|
77.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA.
|
You should read the following selected historical consolidated
financial data in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial
Statements and related notes beginning on page 47 and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations beginning on
page 32. The Consolidated Statements of Operations data for
the years ended May 26, 2007 and May 27, 2006 and the
Consolidated Balance Sheet data at May 31, 2008,
May 26, 2007 and May 27, 2006 were derived from our
Consolidated Financial Statements that have been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, and are not included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
The Consolidated Statements of Operations data for the years
ended May 29, 2010, May 30, 2009 and May 31, 2008
and the Consolidated Balance Sheet data at May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009 were derived from our Consolidated Financial
Statements that have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
an independent registered public accounting firm, and are
included elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results
that may be expected for any future periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
May 26,
|
|
|
May 27,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008(4)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except net (loss) income per common share and
other data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
498,998
|
|
|
$
|
685,576
|
|
|
$
|
840,285
|
|
|
$
|
735,891
|
|
|
$
|
633,843
|
|
Direct cost of services
|
|
|
303,768
|
|
|
|
422,171
|
|
|
|
518,413
|
|
|
|
447,363
|
|
|
|
384,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
195,230
|
|
|
|
263,405
|
|
|
|
321,872
|
|
|
|
288,528
|
|
|
|
249,414
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)
|
|
|
182,985
|
|
|
|
212,680
|
|
|
|
227,853
|
|
|
|
191,590
|
|
|
|
149,736
|
|
Employee portion of contingent consideration(2)
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingent consideration expense(2)
|
|
|
1,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
3,496
|
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
|
1,114
|
|
|
|
1,472
|
|
|
|
1,740
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
8,544
|
|
|
|
8,898
|
|
|
|
8,452
|
|
|
|
6,122
|
|
|
|
2,958
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from operations
|
|
|
(1,787
|
)
|
|
|
40,444
|
|
|
|
84,453
|
|
|
|
89,344
|
|
|
|
94,980
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
(1,593
|
)
|
|
|
(5,603
|
)
|
|
|
(8,939
|
)
|
|
|
(5,015
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
|
42,037
|
|
|
|
90,056
|
|
|
|
98,283
|
|
|
|
99,995
|
|
Provision for income taxes(3)
|
|
|
10,618
|
|
|
|
24,273
|
|
|
|
40,871
|
|
|
|
43,518
|
|
|
|
39,398
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(11,749
|
)
|
|
$
|
17,764
|
|
|
$
|
49,185
|
|
|
$
|
54,765
|
|
|
$
|
60,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.26
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
1.06
|
|
|
$
|
1.13
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.26
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
1.03
|
|
|
$
|
1.08
|
|
|
$
|
1.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
45,894
|
|
|
|
45,018
|
|
|
|
46,545
|
|
|
|
48,353
|
|
|
|
48,054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
45,894
|
|
|
|
45,726
|
|
|
|
47,934
|
|
|
|
50,644
|
|
|
|
51,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of offices open at end of period
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Total number of consultants on assignment at end of period
|
|
|
2,067
|
|
|
|
2,065
|
|
|
|
3,490
|
|
|
|
3,276
|
|
|
|
2,857
|
|
Cash dividends paid (in thousands)(5)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
60,652
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes $4.8 million in severance costs and
$2.2 million of accelerated compensation expense from the
vesting of certain stock option grants related to the
resignation of two senior executives during the year ended
May 29, |
31
|
|
|
|
|
2010. Includes $3.6 million of expenses incurred for a
reduction in headcount of management and administrative
personnel as well as consolidation of seven offices during the
year ended May 30, 2009. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes an estimated $500,000 of contingent consideration
potentially payable to employees related to the Sitrick Brincko
Group acquisition and $1.5 million related to the
recognition of the change in the fair value of the contingent
consideration liability associated with the acquisition of
Sitrick Brincko Group for the year ended May 29, 2010. See
Note 3 Acquisitions to
the Consolidated Financial Statements. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes valuation allowances of $4.7 million on deferred
tax assets, including certain foreign operating loss
carryforwards during the year ended May 29, 2010. Includes
a valuation allowance of $2.4 million provided on deferred
tax assets, including certain foreign operating loss
carryforwards and $1.1 million related to the forgiveness
of certain French subsidiary intercompany debt, reducing our
French entitys operating loss carryforwards during the
year ended May 30, 2009. |
|
(4) |
|
The fiscal year ended May 31, 2008 was comprised of
53 weeks. All other years presented were comprised of
52 weeks. |
|
(5) |
|
On July 11, 2007, our board of directors approved the
payment of a special cash dividend of $1.25 per share of common
stock, payable on August 21, 2007 to stockholders of record
at the close of business on August 8, 2007. On
July 20, 2010, our board of directors announced the
authorization of a regular quarterly dividend of $0.04 per
share, commencing in fiscal 2011, subject to quarterly board of
director approval. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
May 26,
|
|
|
May 27,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and U.S.
government agency securities
|
|
$
|
140,905
|
|
|
$
|
163,741
|
|
|
$
|
106,814
|
|
|
$
|
223,095
|
|
|
$
|
185,439
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
173,472
|
|
|
|
188,353
|
|
|
|
157,766
|
|
|
|
207,647
|
|
|
|
161,114
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
473,200
|
|
|
|
412,019
|
|
|
|
410,502
|
|
|
|
464,461
|
|
|
|
398,611
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
353,241
|
|
|
|
337,917
|
|
|
|
305,888
|
|
|
|
363,299
|
|
|
|
317,436
|
|
|
|
ITEM 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS.
|
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition
and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our
financial statements and related notes. This discussion and
analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks
and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially
from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of certain factors including, but not limited to, those
discussed in Part I Item 1A. Risk Factors.
and elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Overview
Resources Global is a multinational professional services firm
that provides experienced finance, accounting, risk management
and internal audit, corporate advisory, strategic communications
and restructuring, information management, human capital, supply
chain management, actuarial and legal and regulatory
professionals in support of client-led projects and initiatives.
We assist our clients with discrete projects requiring
specialized expertise in:
|
|
|
|
|
finance and accounting services, such as financial analyses
(e.g., product costing and margin analyses), budgeting and
forecasting, audit preparation, public-entity reporting,
tax-related projects, mergers and acquisitions due diligence,
initial public offering assistance and assistance in the
preparation or restatement of financial statements;
|
|
|
|
information management services, such as financial
system/enterprise resource planning implementation and post
implementation optimization;
|
|
|
|
corporate advisory, strategic communications and restructuring
services;
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
risk management and internal audit services (provided via our
subsidiary Resources Audit Solutions), including compliance
reviews, internal audit co-sourcing and assisting clients with
their compliance efforts under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Sarbanes);
|
|
|
|
supply chain management services, such as strategic sourcing
efforts, contract negotiations and purchasing strategy;
|
|
|
|
actuarial services for pension and life insurance companies;
|
|
|
|
human capital services, such as change management and
compensation program design and implementation; and
|
|
|
|
legal and regulatory services, such as providing attorneys,
paralegals and contract managers to assist clients (including
law firms) with project-based or peak period needs.
|
We were founded in June 1996 by a team at Deloitte &
Touche, led by our chief executive officer, Donald B. Murray,
who was then a senior partner with Deloitte & Touche.
Our founders created Resources Connection to capitalize on the
increasing demand for high quality outsourced professional
services. We operated as a part of Deloitte & Touche
from our inception in June 1996 until April 1999. In April 1999,
we completed a management-led buyout. In December 2000, we
completed our initial public offering of common stock and began
trading on the NASDAQ. We currently trade on the NASDAQ Global
Select Market. In January 2005, we announced the change of our
operating entity name to Resources Global Professionals to
better reflect the Companys international capabilities.
We operated solely in the United States until fiscal year 2000,
when we began to expand geographically to meet the demand for
project professional services across the world and opened our
first three international offices. Our most significant
international transaction to date was the acquisition of our
Netherland practice in fiscal year 2004. As of May 29,
2010, we served clients through 53 offices in the United States
and 29 offices abroad.
In November 2009, we acquired certain assets of Sitrick and
Company, a strategic communications firm and Brincko Associates,
Inc., a corporate advisory and restructuring firm with
operations primarily in the United States, through the purchase
of all of the outstanding membership interests in Sitrick
Brincko Group. We paid cash of approximately $28.8 million
and issued an aggregated of 822,060 shares of restricted
common stock, valued at approximately $16.1 million, to
Sitrick and Company, Brincko Associates and Michael Sitrick
(collectively, the Sellers) for the acquisition. We
believe this acquisition provides a significant opportunity for
us to expand our service offerings to include corporate
advisory, strategic communications and restructuring services,
using the expertise of personnel of Sitrick Brincko Group
leveraged with the skills of our consultant base, our geographic
footprint and our client base. The acquisition agreement
provides an opportunity to the Sellers to receive contingent
consideration following the fourth anniversary of the
acquisition, provided that Sitrick Brincko Groups average
annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization (EBITDA) over a period of four years
following the acquisition date exceeds $11.3 million.
We expect to continue opportunistic international expansion
while also investing in complementary professional services
lines that we believe will augment our service offerings.
We primarily charge our clients on an hourly basis for the
professional services of our consultants. We recognize revenue
once services have been rendered and invoice the majority of our
clients on a weekly basis. Our clients are contractually
obligated to pay us for all hours billed. To a much lesser
extent, we also earn revenue if a client hires one of our
consultants. This type of contractually non-refundable revenue
is recognized at the time our client completes the hiring
process and represented 0.5%, 0.6% and 0.5% of our revenue for
the years ended May 29, 2010, May 30, 2009 and
May 31, 2008, respectively. We periodically review our
outstanding accounts receivable balance and determine an
estimate of the amount of those receivables we believe may prove
uncollectible. Our provision for bad debts is included in our
selling, general and administrative expenses.
The costs to pay our professional consultants and all related
benefit and incentive costs, including provisions for paid time
off and other employee benefits, are included in direct cost of
services. We pay most of our consultants on an hourly basis for
all hours worked on client engagements and, therefore, direct
cost of services tends to vary directly with the volume of
revenue we earn. We expense the benefits we pay to our
consultants as they are earned.
33
These benefits include paid time off and holidays; a
discretionary bonus plan; subsidized group health, dental,
vision and life insurance programs; a matching 401(k) retirement
plan; the ability to participate in the Companys ESPP; and
professional development and career training. In addition, we
pay the related costs of employment, including state and federal
payroll taxes, workers compensation insurance,
unemployment insurance and other costs. Typically, a consultant
must work a threshold number of hours to be eligible for all of
the benefits. We recognize direct cost of services when incurred.
Selling, general and administrative expenses include the payroll
and related costs of our internal management as well as general
and administrative, marketing and recruiting costs. Our sales
and marketing efforts are led by our management team who are
salaried employees and earn bonuses based on operating results
for the Company as a whole and within each individuals
geographic market.
The Companys fiscal year consists of 52 or 53 weeks,
ending on the Saturday in May closest to May 31. Fiscal
2010 and 2009 consisted of 52 weeks each. For fiscal years
of 53 weeks, such as fiscal 2008, the first three quarters
consist of 13 weeks each and the fourth quarter consists of
14 weeks.
Critical
Accounting Policies
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition
and results of operations are based upon our Consolidated
Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance
with GAAP in the United States. The preparation of these
financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period.
The following represents a summary of our critical accounting
policies, defined as those policies that we believe:
(a) are the most important to the portrayal of our
financial condition and results of operations and
(b) involve inherently uncertain issues that require
managements most difficult, subjective or complex
judgments.
Valuation of long-lived assets We assess the
potential impairment of long-lived tangible and intangible
assets periodically or whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be
recoverable. Our goodwill and certain other intangible assets
are not subject to periodic amortization. These assets are
considered to have an indefinite life and their carrying values
are required to be assessed by us for impairment at least
annually. Depending on future market values of our stock, our
operating performance and other factors, these assessments could
potentially result in impairment reductions of these intangible
assets in the future and this adjustment may materially affect
the Companys future financial results.
Contingent consideration The Company
estimates and records the acquisition date fair value of
contingent consideration as part of purchase price consideration
for acquisitions occurring subsequent to May 30, 2009.
Additionally, each reporting period, the Company estimates
changes in the fair value of contingent consideration and any
change in fair value is recognized in the statement of
operations. The estimate of the fair value of contingent
consideration requires very subjective assumptions to be made of
future operating results, discount rates and probabilities
assigned to various potential operating result scenarios. Future
revisions to these assumptions could materially change the
estimate of the fair value of contingent consideration and
therefore materially affect the Companys future financial
results.
Under the terms of our acquisition agreement for Sitrick Brincko
Group, the Sellers have the opportunity to receive contingent
consideration subsequent to the fourth anniversary of the
acquisition, provided that Sitrick Brincko Groups average
annual EBITDA over a period of four years following the
acquisition date exceeds $11.3 million. The range of the
undiscounted amounts the Company could be obligated to pay as
contingent consideration under the earn-out arrangement is
between $0 and an unlimited amount. The estimated fair value of
the contractual obligation to pay the contingent consideration
recognized as of May 29, 2010 was $59.8 million. The
Company determined the fair value of the obligation to pay
contingent consideration based on probability-weighted
projections of the average EBITDA during the four year earn-out
measurement period. The resultant probability-weighted average
EBITDA amounts were then multiplied by 3.15 (representing the
agreed upon multiple to be paid by the Company as specified in
the acquisition agreements) and then discounted using an
original discount rate of 1.9%. Each reporting period, the
34
Company will estimate changes in the fair value of contingent
consideration and any change in fair value will be recognized in
the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations.
In addition, under the terms of our acquisition agreements for
Sitrick Brincko Group, up to 20% of the contingent consideration
is payable to employees of the acquired business at the end of
the measurement period to the extent certain growth targets are
achieved. The Company will record the estimated amount of the
contractual obligation to pay the employee portion of the
contingent consideration as compensation expense over the
service period as it is deemed probable that the growth targets
will be achieved. The estimate of the amount of the employee
portion of contingent consideration requires very subjective
assumptions to be made of future operating results. Future
revisions to these assumptions could materially change our
estimate of the amount of the employee portion of contingent
consideration and therefore materially affect the Companys
future financial results.
Allowance for doubtful accounts We maintain
an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses
resulting from our clients failing to make required payments for
services rendered. We estimate this allowance based upon our
knowledge of the financial condition of our clients (which may
not include knowledge of all significant events), review of
historical receivable and reserve trends and other pertinent
information. While such losses have historically been within our
expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee
that we will continue to experience the same credit loss rates
that we have in the past. A significant change in the liquidity
or financial position of our clients could cause unfavorable
trends in receivable collections and additional allowances may
be required. These additional allowances could materially affect
the Companys future financial results.
Income taxes In order to prepare our
Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to make
estimates of income taxes, if applicable, in each jurisdiction
in which we operate. The process incorporates an assessment of
any current tax exposure together with temporary differences
resulting from different treatment of transactions for tax and
financial statement purposes. These differences result in
deferred tax assets and liabilities that are included in our
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The recovery of deferred tax assets
from future taxable income must be assessed and, to the extent
recovery is not likely, we will establish a valuation allowance.
An increase in the valuation allowance results in recording
additional tax expense and any such adjustment may materially
affect the Companys future financial result. If the
ultimate tax liability differs from the amount of tax expense we
have reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, an
adjustment of tax expense may need to be recorded and this
adjustment may materially affect the Companys future
financial results.
Revenue recognition We primarily charge our
clients on an hourly basis for the professional services of our
consultants. We recognize revenue once services have been
rendered and invoice the majority of our clients in the United
States on a weekly basis. Some of our clients served by our
international operations are billed on a monthly basis. Our
clients are contractually obligated to pay us for all hours
billed. To a much lesser extent, we also earn revenue if a
client hires one of our consultants. This type of contractually
non-refundable revenue is recognized at the time our client
completes the hiring process.
Stock-based compensation Under our 2004
Performance Incentive Plan, officers, employees, and outside
directors have received or may receive grants of restricted
stock, stock units, options to purchase common stock or other
stock or stock-based awards. Under our ESPP, eligible officers
and employees may purchase our common stock in accordance with
the terms of the plan. Effective May 28, 2006, the Company
adopted the fair value recognition provisions required for
stock-based awards using the modified prospective transition
method; accordingly, prior periods have not been restated. Under
the previously accepted accounting standards, there was no
stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock
options and employee stock purchases recognized during periods
prior to May 28, 2006.
In accordance with the required accounting guidance, the Company
estimates a value for employee stock options on the date of
grant using an option-pricing model. We have elected to use the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model which takes into account
assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective
variables. These variables include the expected stock price
volatility over the term of the awards and actual and projected
employee stock option exercise behaviors. Additional variables
to be considered are the expected term and risk-free interest
rate over the expected term of our employee stock options. In
addition, because stock-based compensation expense recognized in
the Consolidated Statements of Operations is based on awards
ultimately expected to vest, it is reduced for estimated
forfeitures. Forfeitures must be estimated at the time of grant
and revised, if necessary, in
35
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those
estimates. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical
experience. If facts and circumstances change and we employ
different assumptions in future periods, the compensation
expense recorded may differ materially from the amount recorded
in the current period.
The weighted average estimated value per share of employee stock
options granted during the years ended May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009 were $7.87 and $6.64, respectively, using the
Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
42.5% - 45.0%
|
|
40.6% - 43.6%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
2.2% - 3.2%
|
|
1.7% - 3.6%
|
Expected dividends
|
|
0.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
Expected life
|
|
5.1 - 6.9 years
|
|
5.1 - 6.7 years
|
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed
interest rates appropriate for the term of our employee stock
options. The dividend yield assumption is based on our
historical policy of not paying dividends (except for a one-time
payment in fiscal 2008). Expected dividends will need to be
incorporated in the assessment of the Companys future
stock option grants given the Companys announcement that
it will commence a regular quarterly dividend in fiscal 2011.
The Companys historical expected life of stock option
grants is 5.1 years for non-officers and 6.9 years for
officers. As permitted under Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 107, the Company uses its historical
volatility over the expected life of the stock option award to
estimate the expected volatility of the price of its common
stock.
We base our estimates on historical experience and on various
other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions.
Results
of Operations
The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, our
Consolidated Statements of Operations data. These historical
results are not necessarily indicative of future results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008(1)
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
498,998
|
|
|
$
|
685,576
|
|
|
$
|
840,285
|
|
Direct cost of services
|
|
|
303,768
|
|
|
|
422,171
|
|
|
|
518,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
195,230
|
|
|
|
263,405
|
|
|
|
321,872
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
182,985
|
|
|
|
212,680
|
|
|
|
227,853
|
|
Employee portion of contingent consideration expense
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingent consideration expense
|
|
|
1,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
3,496
|
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
|
1,114
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
8,544
|
|
|
|
8,898
|
|
|
|
8,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from operations
|
|
|
(1,787
|
)
|
|
|
40,444
|
|
|
|
84,453
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
(1,593
|
)
|
|
|
(5,603
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
|
42,037
|
|
|
|
90,056
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
10,618
|
|
|
|
24,273
|
|
|
|
40,871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(11,749
|
)
|
|
$
|
17,764
|
|
|
$
|
49,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The fiscal year ended May 31, 2008 was comprised of
53 weeks. All other years presented were comprised of
52 weeks. |
36
Our operating results for the periods indicated are expressed as
a percentage of revenue below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Direct cost of services
|
|
|
60.9
|
|
|
|
61.6
|
|
|
|
61.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
39.1
|
|
|
|
38.4
|
|
|
|
38.3
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
36.7
|
|
|
|
31.0
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
Employee portion of contingent consideration expense
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingent consideration expense
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from operations
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)%
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We also assess the results of our operations using EBITDA as
well as adjusted EBITDA, which is our earnings (loss) before
interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, stock-based
compensation expense and contingent consideration expense
(Adjusted EBITDA). These measures assist management
in assessing our core operating performance. The following table
presents EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA results for fiscal 2010,
2009 and 2008 and includes a reconciliation of such measures to
net (loss) income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial
measure:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008(1)
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(11,749
|
)
|
|
$
|
17,764
|
|
|
$
|
49,185
|
|
Adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
3,496
|
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
|
1,114
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
8,544
|
|
|
|
8,898
|
|
|
|
8,452
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
(1,593
|
)
|
|
|
(5,603
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
10,618
|
|
|
|
24,273
|
|
|
|
40,871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
10,253
|
|
|
|
50,725
|
|
|
|
94,019
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
15,493
|
|
|
|
17,790
|
|
|
|
22,386
|
|
Contingent consideration expense
|
|
|
1,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
27,238
|
|
|
$
|
68,515
|
|
|
$
|
116,405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
498,998
|
|
|
$
|
685,576
|
|
|
$
|
840,285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA margin
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
|
|
13.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The fiscal year ended May 31, 2008 was comprised of
53 weeks. All other years presented were comprised of
52 weeks. |
The financial measures and key performance indicators we use to
assess our financial and operating performance above are not
defined by, or calculated in accordance, with GAAP. A non-GAAP
financial measure is defined as a numerical measure of a
companys financial performance that (i) excludes
amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of
excluding amounts, that are included in the comparable measure
calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in the
statement of operations; or (ii) includes amounts, or is
subject to
37
adjustments that have the effect of including amounts, that are
excluded from the comparable measure so calculated and presented.
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA
Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by revenue. We
believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin provide
useful information to our investors because they are financial
measures used by management to assess the core performance of
the Company. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are not
measurements of financial performance or liquidity under GAAP
and should not be considered in isolation or construed as
substitutes for net income or other cash flow data prepared in
accordance with GAAP for purposes of analyzing our profitability
or liquidity. These measures should be considered in addition
to, and not as a substitute for, net income, earnings per share,
cash flows or other measures of financial performance prepared
in conformity with GAAP.
Further, Adjusted EBITDA has the following limitations:
|
|
|
|
|
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the
assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be
replaced in the future and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any
cash requirements for such replacements;
|
|
|
|
Equity based compensation is an element of our long-term
incentive compensation program, although we exclude it as an
expense when evaluating our ongoing operating performance for a
particular period; and
|
|
|
|
Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA
differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative
measure.
|
Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be
considered a substitute for performance measures calculated in
accordance with GAAP.
Year
Ended May 29, 2010 Compared to Year Ended May 30,
2009
Computations of percentage change period over period are based
upon our results, as rounded and presented herein.
Revenue. Revenue decreased
$186.6 million, or 27.2%, to $499.0 million for the
year ended May 29, 2010 from $685.6 million for the
year ended May 30, 2009. Included in revenue for the year
ended May 29, 2010 was approximately $13.6 million
from the operations of Sitrick Brincko Group, acquired
November 20, 2009. Our revenue was adversely affected by a
decline in the number of hours worked by our consultants and a
minor decrease in the average bill rate per hour in comparison
to the prior year. We believe the primary cause of the decrease
in hours worked by our consultants is client uncertainty about
the global economic environment, which is causing our clients to
approach their need for professional business services more
cautiously and to either defer, downsize or eliminate projects.
The number of hours worked in fiscal 2010 declined about 26.4%
from the prior year, while average bill rates decreased by 0.8%
compared to the prior year. The number of consultants on
assignment at the end of fiscal 2010 was 2,067 compared to the
2,065 consultants engaged at the end of fiscal 2009. Although we
believe we have improved the awareness of our service offerings
with clients and prospective clients through our completed and
on-going engagements, and that the significant changes taking
place in the capital markets may present new opportunities going
forward, there can be no assurance about the timing of such
opportunities or whether we can successfully capitalize on them,
especially given the current uncertain economic climate in the
United States and international markets.
On a sequential quarter basis, fiscal 2010 fourth quarter
revenues improved from $125.3 million to
$133.9 million and hours improved 7.4%. The improvement in
hours is partially attributable to the lack of significant
holidays in the United States in the fourth quarter versus the
third quarter, which included the Christmas and New Years
holidays. The improvement in revenues from the third quarter to
the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 had a positive impact on
leverage, evidenced by improvement in the ratio of direct cost
of services to revenue from 61.4% to 58.6%, and the ratio of
selling, general and administrative expenses to revenue,
improving from 35.2% to 32.1%, for the quarters ended
February 27, 2010 and May 29, 2010, respectively.
However, a downturn or softening in global economic conditions
and the seasonal impact of the summer holiday period could put
resulting pressure on revenue in the first
38
quarter of fiscal 2011, limiting our ability to leverage direct
cost of services and selling, general and administrative
expenses.
We operated 82 offices at both May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009. Our clients do not sign long-term contracts
with us. As such, there can be no assurance as to future demand
levels for the services that we provide or that future results
can be reliably predicted by considering past trends.
Revenue for the Companys major practice areas across the
globe consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue for the Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
384,535
|
|
|
$
|
501,139
|
|
|
|
(23.3
|
)%
|
|
|
77.1
|
%
|
|
|
73.1
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
89,225
|
|
|
|
148,196
|
|
|
|
(39.8
|
)%
|
|
|
17.9
|
%
|
|
|
21.6
|
%
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
25,238
|
|
|
|
36,241
|
|
|
|
(30.4
|
)%
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
498,998
|
|
|
$
|
685,576
|
|
|
|
(27.2
|
)%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our financial results are subject to fluctuations in the
exchange rates of foreign currencies in relation to the United
States dollar. Revenues denominated in foreign currencies are
translated into United States dollars at the monthly average
exchange rates in effect during the quarter. Thus, as the value
of the United States dollar fluctuates relative to the
currencies in our
non-U.S. based
operations, our revenue can be impacted. Using the comparable
fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 conversion rates, international
revenues would have been lower than reported under GAAP by
$2.3 million for the year ended May 29, 2010 but
higher than reported under GAAP by $12.4 million for the
year ended May 30, 2009.
We believe our revenues in the near-term will continue to be
impacted by the global economic environment which has reduced
our clients demand for many of the services we provide.
Direct Cost of Services. Direct cost of
services decreased $118.4 million, or 28.0%, to
$303.8 million for the year ended May 29, 2010 from
$422.2 million for the year ended May 30, 2009. Direct
cost of services declined primarily because of a 26.4% decrease
in hours worked compared to the prior year. To a lesser extent,
direct cost of services declined because the average pay rate
per hour to our consultants was down 4.4%. The direct cost of
services as a percentage of revenue (the direct cost of
services percentage) was 60.9% and 61.6% for the years
ended May 29, 2010 and May 30, 2009, respectively. The
improvement in the direct cost of services percentage resulted
primarily from the blended impact of work performed for Sitrick
Brincko Group clients and a decrease in zero margin client
reimbursements.
Our target direct cost of services percentage is 60% for all of
our offices.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses. Selling, general and administrative
expenses (S, G & A) decreased
$29.7 million, or 14.0%, to $183.0 million for the
year ended May 29, 2010 from $212.7 million for the
year ended May 30, 2009. S, G & A increased as a
percentage of revenue from 31.0% for the year ended May 30,
2009 to 36.7% for the year ended May 29, 2010. Management
and administrative head count was 787 at the end of fiscal 2009
but fell to 716 at the end of fiscal 2010. S, G & A
decreases in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 included a
reduction in marketing expenses; a reduction in recruiting
related expenses, salary, benefit and related costs (reflective
of the decreased headcount), bonus expense (bonus expense is
substantially tied directly to the Companys revenue) and
stock-based compensation expense. In addition, in the prior
fiscal year, the Companys S, G & A included
approximately $3.6 million related to severance costs,
leasehold improvement write-offs and estimated lease termination
accruals, all associated with a restructuring program, and the
Company added $1.8 million to its allowance for doubtful
accounts; in fiscal 2010, the Company made no restructuring
provision nor did it add to its allowance for doubtful accounts
after an evaluation of the Companys client base and
outstanding receivable balances. In fiscal 2010, the Company
incurred $4.8 million in severance costs and
$2.2 million of accelerated compensation expense from the
vesting of certain stock option grants related to the
resignation of two senior executives.
39
Employee Portion of Contingent Consideration Expense and
Contingent Consideration Expense. The employee
portion of contingent consideration expense and contingent
consideration expense were $500,000 and $1.5 million,
respectively, for the year ended May 29, 2010. As further
described in Critical Accounting Policies
Contingent Consideration above, these estimates were
recorded in fiscal 2010 as a result of managements
evaluation of the amount of contingent consideration owed to
employees related to the Sitrick Brincko Group acquisition (in
the case of the employee portion of contingent consideration)
and the change in the estimated value of contingent
consideration attributable to the time value of money
(accretion) and a slight change in the discount rate applied in
the calculation (in the case of contingent consideration
expense). Both of these estimates require very subjective
assumptions to be made of various potential operating result
scenarios and future revision to these assumptions could
materially change the estimate of the amount of either liability
and therefore materially affect the Companys future
financial results and financial condition.
Amortization and Depreciation
Expense. Amortization of intangible assets
increased to $3.5 million in fiscal 2010 from
$1.4 million in fiscal 2009. The increase is the result of
commencing amortization related to identifiable intangible
assets acquired in the November 2009 purchase of Sitrick Brincko
Group. Those assets include: $5.6 million for customer
relationships, $1.2 million for trade names,
$3.0 million for non-competition agreements and $250,000
for customer backlog. The backlog will be amortized over
13 months, the customer relationships over two years, and
the trade names and non-competition agreements over five years.
Based upon identified intangible assets recorded at May 29,
2010, the Company anticipates amortization expense related to
identified intangible assets to approximate $4.9 million
during the fiscal year ending May 28, 2011.
Depreciation expense decreased from $8.9 million for the
year ended May 30, 2009 to $8.5 million for the year
ended May 29, 2010. Depreciation decreased as a number of
assets were fully depreciated during fiscal 2010 and the Company
has slowed the amount invested in property and equipment in
fiscal 2010 as compared to previous fiscal years.
Interest Income. Interest income declined to
$656,000 in fiscal 2010 compared to $1.6 million in fiscal
2009. The decrease in interest income is the result of a lower
average cash balance available for investment during fiscal
2010, and declining interest rates as compared to fiscal 2009.
The Company has invested available cash in certificates of
deposit, money market investments and government-agency bonds
that have been classified as cash equivalents due to the short
maturities of these investments. As of May 29, 2010, the
Company has $10.3 million of investments in commercial
paper and certificates of deposit with remaining maturity dates
between three months and one year from the balance sheet date
classified as short-term investments and considered
held-to-maturity
securities.
Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes
decreased from $24.3 million for the year ended
May 30, 2009 to $10.6 million for the year ended
May 29, 2010. The provision declined primarily because of a
reduction in the Companys income before provision for
income taxes in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. Despite
the Companys consolidated pre-tax loss, the provision for
taxes partially results from taxes on income in the
United States and certain other foreign jurisdictions, a
lower benefit for losses in certain foreign jurisdictions with
tax rates lower than the U.S. statutory rates, and no
benefit for losses in jurisdictions in which a valuation
allowance on operating loss carryforwards had previously been
established. As a result, the effective tax rate was 938.8% for
fiscal 2010 and 57.7% for fiscal 2009. The effective tax rate
increased because the Companys loss in fiscal 2010
disproportionally magnifies the effect of the components of the
tax rate that differ from the standard federal rate, including
non-deductible permanent differences and incentive stock options
(ISOs). In addition, in fiscal 2010, the Company
recorded a $4.7 million tax charge for the establishment of
a valuation allowance on certain foreign operating loss
carryforwards. In fiscal 2009, the Company recorded a
$3.5 million tax charge comprised of the establishment of a
valuation allowance on certain foreign operating loss
carryforwards of $2.4 million and for the Companys
forgiveness of certain intercompany debt in France, thereby
reducing Frances operating loss carryforwards by
$1.1 million. Based upon current economic circumstances,
management will continue to monitor the need to record
additional valuation allowances in the future, primarily related
to certain foreign jurisdictions.
Periodically, the Company reviews the components of both book
and taxable income to analyze the adequacy of the tax provision.
There can be no assurance, because of the lower benefit from the
U.S. statutory rate for losses in certain foreign
jurisdictions, the limitation on the benefit for losses in
jurisdictions in which a valuation allowance
40
for operating loss carryforwards has previously been
established, and the unpredictability of timing and the amount
of eligible disqualifying ISO exercises, that the Companys
effective tax rate will remain constant in the future.
Under accounting rules governing stock awards, the Company
cannot recognize a tax benefit for certain ISO grants unless and
until the holder exercises his or her option and then sells the
shares within a certain period of time. In addition, the Company
can only recognize a potential tax benefit for employees
acquisition and subsequent sale of shares purchased through the
ESPP if the sale occurs within a certain defined period. As a
result, the Companys provision for income taxes is likely
to fluctuate for the foreseeable future. Further, those tax
benefits associated with ISO grants fully vested at the date of
adoption of the current accounting rules governing stock awards
will be recognized as additions to paid-in capital when and if
those options are exercised and not as a reduction to the
Companys tax provision. The Company recognized a benefit
of approximately $4.2 million and $4.3 million related
to stock-based compensation for nonqualified stock options
expensed and for eligible disqualifying ISO exercises during
fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively. The proportion of expense
related to non-qualified stock option grants (for which the
Company may recognize a tax benefit in the same quarter as the
related compensation expense in most instances) increased during
fiscal 2010 as compared to expense related to ISOs (including
ESPPs). However, the timing and amount of eligible disqualifying
ISO exercises cannot be predicted. The Company predominantly
grants nonqualified stock options to employees in the United
States.
Year
Ended May 30, 2009 Compared to Year Ended May 31,
2008
Computations of percentage change period over period are based
upon our results, as rounded and presented herein.
Revenue. Revenue decreased
$154.7 million, or 18.4%, to $685.6 million for the
year ended May 30, 2009 from $840.3 million for the
year ended May 31, 2008. Our revenue was adversely affected
by a decline in the number of hours worked by our consultants
offset by a minor increase in the average bill rate per hour in
comparison to the prior year. We believe the primary cause of
the decrease in hours worked by our consultants is client
uncertainty about the global economic environment, which is
causing clients to approach their business more cautiously and
to either defer, downsize or eliminate projects. In addition,
fiscal 2008 consisted of 53 weeks while fiscal 2009
consisted of 52 weeks. Revenues during the fifty-third week
of fiscal 2008, which included the Memorial Day holiday in the
United States, were $15.1 million.
The number of hours worked in fiscal 2009 declined about 19.6%
from the prior year, while average bill rates increased by 0.4%
compared to the prior year. The number of consultants on
assignment at the end of fiscal 2009 was 2,065 compared to the
3,490 consultants engaged at the end of fiscal 2008. We operated
82 and 89 offices as of May 30, 2009 and May 31, 2008,
respectively.
Revenue for the Companys major practice areas across the
globe consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue for the Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
501,139
|
|
|
$
|
627,914
|
|
|
|
(20.2
|
)%
|
|
|
73.1
|
%
|
|
|
74.7
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
148,196
|
|
|
|
171,728
|
|
|
|
(13.7
|
)%
|
|
|
21.6
|
%
|
|
|
20.4
|
%
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
36,241
|
|
|
|
40,643
|
|
|
|
(10.8
|
)%
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
685,576
|
|
|
$
|
840,285
|
|
|
|
(18.4
|
)%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On a constant currency basis, international revenues would have
been higher by $12.4 million and lower by
$17.8 million in fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively, using
the comparable fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 conversion rates.
Direct Cost of Services. Direct cost of
services decreased $96.2 million, or 18.6%, to
$422.2 million for the year ended May 30, 2009 from
$518.4 million for the year ended May 31, 2008. Direct
cost of services declined because of a 19.6% decrease in hours
worked compared to the prior year. The average pay rate of our
consultants
41
was flat. The direct cost of services percentage was 61.6% and
61.7% for the years ended May 30, 2009 and May 31,
2008, respectively. Although the direct cost of services
percentage improved slightly over the prior year, a continuing
lower level of revenues will put increased pressure on this
calculation as consultants earn certain benefits, such as health
care services, which are relatively fixed in terms of cost.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses. S, G & A decreased
$15.2 million, or 6.7%, to $212.7 million for the year
ended May 30, 2009 from $227.9 million for the year
ended May 31, 2008. S, G & A increased as a
percentage of revenue from 27.1% for the year ended May 31,
2008 to 31.0% for the year ended May 30, 2009. Management
and administrative head count was 876 at the end of fiscal 2008
but fell to 787 at the end of fiscal 2009. S, G & A
decreases in fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008 included a
reduction in marketing expenses; a reduction in recruiting and
related expenses, salary, benefit and related costs, bonus
expense and stock-based compensation expense. These decreases
were partially offset by an increase of $1.1 million in the
Companys provision for doubtful accounts after an
evaluation of the Companys client base, receivable
balances and the current economic environment and the actions
taken in the fourth quarter discussed in the following paragraph.
As a result of reduced revenue levels experienced beginning in
the second quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company announced in its
fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 a reduction in headcount and the
consolidation of seven offices whose clients could be served
from other offices within a close proximity. In connection with
these actions, the Company recorded a charge in S,
G &A of approximately $3.6 million in the fourth
quarter of fiscal 2009 related to severance costs, leasehold
improvements write-offs and estimated lease termination accruals.
Amortization and Depreciation
Expense. Amortization of intangible assets
increased to $1.4 million in fiscal 2009 from
$1.1 million in fiscal 2008. The increase in fiscal 2009 is
attributable to a full year of amortization related to
identified intangible assets acquired its fiscal 2008 purchases
of Compliance Solutions and Domenica and amounts related to the
fiscal 2009 acquisitions of Limbus and Kompetensslussen. The
Company considered a number of factors in performing these
studies, including the valuation of the identifiable intangible
assets. The total intangible assets acquired included: for
Limbus, approximately $1.4 million of goodwill, $249,000
for customer relationships (amortized over two years), $130,000
for a non-compete agreement (amortized over one year) and
$67,000 for a database of potential consultants (amortized over
two years); for Kompetensslussen, approximately $800,000 of
goodwill, $150,000 for customer relationships (amortized over
two years) and $80,000 for a non-compete agreement (amortized
over one year); for Compliance Solutions, approximately
$7.4 million of goodwill, $16,000 for a non-compete
agreement (amortized over one year) and $763,000 for customer
relationships (amortized over five years); and for Domenica,
approximately $15.6 million for goodwill, $6.2 million
for customer relationships (amortized over seven years) and
$556,000 for a database of potential consultants (amortized over
five years).
Depreciation expense increased from $8.5 million for the
year ended May 31, 2008 to $8.9 million for the year
ended May 30, 2009. The increase in depreciation was
related to a higher asset base due to the investments made in
offices relocated or expanded since May 2008, and investments in
the Companys operating system and other IT.
Interest Income. Interest income was
$5.6 million in fiscal 2008 compared to $1.6 million
in fiscal 2009. The decrease in interest income is the result of
a lower average cash balance available for investment during
fiscal 2009 and declining interest rates as compared to fiscal
2008. The Company has invested available cash in certificates of
deposit, money market investments and government-agency bonds
that have been classified as cash equivalents due to the short
maturities of these investments.
Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes
decreased from $40.9 million for the year ended
May 31, 2008 to $24.3 million for the year ended
May 30, 2009. The provision declined primarily because of a
reduction in the Companys pretax income in fiscal 2009 as
compared to fiscal 2008, offset in part by an increase in the
Companys effective tax rate between the two years. The
effective tax rate was 57.7% for fiscal 2009 and 45.4% for
fiscal 2008. The effective tax rate increased because the
Companys lower pre-tax income disproportionally magnifies
the effect of non-deductible permanent differences and ISOs. In
fiscal 2009, the Company recorded a $3.5 million tax charge
comprised of the establishment of a valuation allowance on
certain foreign operating loss carryforwards of
$2.4 million and for the Companys forgiveness of
certain intercompany debt in France, thereby reducing
Frances operating loss carryforwards by $1.1 million.
42
The Company recognized a benefit of approximately
$4.3 million and $4.7 million related to stock-based
compensation for nonqualified stock options expensed and for
eligible disqualifying ISO exercises during fiscal 2009 and
2008, respectively. The proportion of expense related to
non-qualified stock option grants (for which the Company may
recognize a tax benefit in the same quarter as the related
compensation expense in most instances) increased during fiscal
2009 as compared to expense related to ISOs (including ESPPs).
However, the timing and amount of eligible disqualifying ISO
exercises cannot be predicted.
Quarterly
Results
The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly
Consolidated Statements of Operations data for each of the eight
quarters in the two-year period ended May 29, 2010. In the
opinion of management, this data has been prepared on a basis
substantially consistent with our audited Consolidated Financial
Statements appearing elsewhere in this document, and includes
all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments,
necessary for a fair presentation of the data. The quarterly
data should be read together with our Consolidated Financial
Statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this
document. The operating results are not necessarily indicative
of the results to be expected in any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarters Ended
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
Feb. 27,
|
|
|
Nov. 28,
|
|
|
Aug. 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
Feb. 28,
|
|
|
Nov. 29,
|
|
|
Aug. 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except net (loss) income per common share)
|
|
|
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
133,905
|
|
|
$
|
125,304
|
|
|
$
|
121,526
|
|
|
$
|
118,263
|
|
|
$
|
132,049
|
|
|
$
|
155,989
|
|
|
$
|
190,233
|
|
|
$
|
207,305
|
|
Direct cost of services
|
|
|
78,523
|
|
|
|
76,949
|
|
|
|
75,172
|
|
|
|
73,124
|
|
|
|
81,595
|
|
|
|
97,988
|
|
|
|
116,122
|
|
|
|
126,466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
55,382
|
|
|
|
48,355
|
|
|
|
46,354
|
|
|
|
45,139
|
|
|
|
50,454
|
|
|
|
58,001
|
|
|
|
74,111
|
|
|
|
80,839
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1),(2)
|
|
|
43,004
|
|
|
|
44,101
|
|
|
|
44,243
|
|
|
|
51,637
|
|
|
|
50,984
|
|
|
|
50,803
|
|
|
|
54,380
|
|
|
|
56,513
|
|
Employee portion of contingent consideration(3)
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingent consideration expense(3)
|
|
|
704
|
|
|
|
788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
1,305
|
|
|
|
1,360
|
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
|
393
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
382
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
|
|
2,152
|
|
|
|
2,171
|
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
|
|
2,110
|
|
|
|
2,185
|
|
|
|
2,263
|
|
|
|
2,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
7,848
|
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
(498
|
)
|
|
|
(9,091
|
)
|
|
|
(3,095
|
)
|
|
|
4,742
|
|
|
|
17,193
|
|
|
|
21,604
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
|
|
(178
|
)
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
(179
|
)
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
(458
|
)
|
|
|
(380
|
)
|
|
|
(516
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
7,980
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
(331
|
)
|
|
|
(8,912
|
)
|
|
|
(2,856
|
)
|
|
|
5,200
|
|
|
|
17,573
|
|
|
|
22,120
|
|
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(4)
|
|
|
5,666
|
|
|
|
5,097
|
|
|
|
1,581
|
|
|
|
(1,726
|
)
|
|
|
3,428
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
8,097
|
|
|
|
9,628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
2,314
|
|
|
$
|
(4,965
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,912
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,186
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,284
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,080
|
|
|
$
|
9,476
|
|
|
$
|
12,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share(5):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
(0.11
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.16
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
(0.11
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.16
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The quarter ended August 29, 2009 includes
$4.8 million in severance costs and $2.2 million of
accelerated compensation expense from the vesting of certain
stock option grants related to the resignation of two senior
executives. |
43
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The quarter ended May 30, 2009 includes $3.6 million
of expenses incurred for a reduction in headcount of management
and administrative personnel as well as consolidation of seven
offices. |
|
(3) |
|
The quarter ended May 29, 2010 includes $500,000 an
estimate of contingent consideration potentially payable to
employees related to the Sitrick Brincko Group acquisition. The
quarters ended May 29, 2010 and February 27, 2010
include $704,000 and $788,000, respectively, related to the
recognition of the change in the fair value of the contingent
consideration liability associated with the acquisition of
Sitrick Brincko Group. See Note 3
Acquisitions to the Consolidated
Financial Statements. |
|
(4) |
|
The quarters ended May 29, 2010, February 27, 2010 and
May 30, 2009 include valuation allowances of $788,000,
$3.9 million and $2.4 million, respectively, provided
on deferred tax assets, including certain foreign operating loss
carryforwards and, for the quarter ended May 30, 2009,
$1.1 million related to the forgiveness of certain French
subsidiary intercompany debt, reducing our French entitys
operating loss carryforwards. |
|
(5) |
|
Net income (loss) per common share calculations for each of the
quarters were based upon the weighted average number of shares
outstanding for each period, and the sum of the quarters may not
necessarily be equal to the full year net income (loss) per
common share amount. |
Our quarterly results have fluctuated in the past and we believe
they will continue to do so in the future. Certain factors that
could affect our quarterly operating results are described in
Part I Item 1A. Risk Factors. Due to these
and other factors, we believe that
quarter-to-quarter
comparisons of our results of operations are not meaningful
indicators of future performance.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Our primary source of liquidity is cash provided by our
operations and, historically, to a lesser extent, stock option
exercises. We have generated positive cash flows annually from
operations since inception, and we continued to do so during the
year ended May 29, 2010, despite our revenue decrease of
27.2% and net loss of $11.7 million. Our ability to
continue to increase positive cash flow from operations in the
future will be, at least in part, dependent on improvement in
global economic conditions.
At May 29, 2010, the Company had operating leases,
primarily for office premises, expiring at various dates. At
May 29, 2010, the Company had no capital leases. The
following table summarizes our future minimum rental commitments
under operating leases and our other known contractual
obligations as of May 29, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More than
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
$
|
42,921
|
|
|
$
|
11,170
|
|
|
$
|
14,165
|
|
|
$
|
8,586
|
|
|
$
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
$
|
1,661
|
|
|
$
|
979
|
|
|
$
|
655
|
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has a $3.0 million unsecured revolving credit
facility with Bank of America (the Credit
Agreement). The Credit Agreement allows the Company to
choose the interest rate applicable to advances. The interest
rate options are Bank of Americas prime rate and a London
Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus
2.25%. Interest, if any, is payable monthly. The Credit
Agreement expires November 29, 2010. As of May 29,
2010, the Company had approximately $1.4 million available
under the terms of the Credit Agreement as Bank of America has
issued approximately $1.6 million of outstanding letters of
credit in favor of third parties related to operating leases. As
of May 29, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all
covenants included in the Credit Agreement.
Operating activities provided $7.7 million in cash in
fiscal 2010 compared to $66.3 million in fiscal 2009. Cash
provided by operations in fiscal 2010 resulted from a net loss
of $11.7 million and net unfavorable cash changes in
operating assets and liabilities of $7.8 million, offset by
favorable non-cash items of $27.2 million. In fiscal 2009,
cash provided by operations resulted from net income of
$17.8 million plus favorable non-cash items of
$29.0 million and changes in operating assets and
liabilities of $19.5 million. The primary cause of the
unfavorable change in operating cash flows between the two years
was the Companys net loss in fiscal 2010, as well as the
slight increase in the Companys receivable balances
between fiscal 2010 and 2009 as compared to the steep drop in
44
receivables between fiscal 2009 and 2008 as revenues slowed. The
principal reason for the increase in the accounts receivable
balance from the prior year is receivables of Sitrick Brincko
Group. As a result of reductions in headcount and bonus
accruals, the liability for accrued salaries and related
obligations also declined between fiscal 2009 and 2010. Non-cash
items include expense for stock-based compensation and
contingent consideration expense; these charges do not reflect
an actual cash outflow from the Company but are an estimate of
the fair value of the services provided by employees and
directors in exchange for stock option grants and purchase of
stock through the Companys ESPP and the change in the fair
value of contingent consideration resulting from the time value
of money and changes in discount rates. The Company had
$140.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and short-term
investments at May 29, 2010.
Net cash used in investing activities was $21.4 million for
fiscal 2010 compared to $5.7 million for fiscal 2009. The
primary reason for the increased usage in fiscal 2010 was cash
used to acquire Sitrick Brincko Group of approximately
$28.3 million net of cash acquired; in contrast,
$5.3 million was used in fiscal 2009 for three small
acquisitions. Cash received from the redemption of short-term
investments (primarily commercial paper and government agency
investments), net of cash used to purchase short-term
investments, resulted in a source of cash of $10.2 million
in fiscal 2010 compared to $5.5 million in fiscal 2009. The
Company spent approximately $2.5 million less on property
and equipment in fiscal 2010, compared to fiscal 2009.
As described in Note 3
Acquisitions to the Consolidated
Financial Statements, we will be required to pay to the sellers
of Sitrick Brincko Group contingent consideration following the
fourth anniversary of the acquisition (after November
2013) if the average EBITDA calculated from each of the
four one-year periods following the acquisition date exceeds
$11.3 million. If, at the end of the four-year earn-out
period, the Company determines that the average annual EBITDA
exceeded $11.3 million, then the contingent consideration
payable will be determined by multiplying the average annual
EBITDA by 3.15. The Company may, in its sole discretion, pay up
to 50% of any earn-out payment in restricted stock of the
Company. For the six months ended May 29, 2010, Sitrick
Brincko Groups EBITDA was approximately $5.1 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled
$1.4 million for the year ended May 29, 2010, compared
to $3.8 million for the year ended May 30, 2009. The
Company received approximately $9.8 million from the
exercise of employee stock options and issuance of shares via
the Companys ESPP compared to $15.6 million in the
prior fiscal year. However, the Company used less cash in fiscal
2010 ($9.0 million) to purchase approximately
496,000 shares of our common stock as compared to
$12.3 million to purchase 785,000 shares of common
stock in fiscal 2009.
Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2010, the Companys board
of directors announced it had authorized the establishment of a
regular quarterly dividend of $0.04 per share, payable on
September 15, 2010 to shareholders of record at the close
of business on August 18, 2010, subject to quarterly
approval by the board. Based on shares outstanding as of
July 19, 2010, the quarterly dividend obligation at $0.04
per share would be approximately $1.9 million.
Our ongoing operations and anticipated growth in the geographic
markets we currently serve will require us to continue to make
investments in capital equipment, primarily technology hardware
and software. In addition, we may consider making strategic
acquisitions. We anticipate that our current cash and the
ongoing cash flows from our operations will be adequate to meet
our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least
the next 12 months. If we require additional capital
resources to grow our business, either internally or through
acquisition, we may seek to sell additional equity securities or
to secure debt financing. The sale of additional equity
securities or certain forms of debt financing could result in
additional dilution to our stockholders. We may not be able to
obtain financing arrangements in amounts or on terms acceptable
to us in the future. In the event we are unable to obtain
additional financing when needed, we may be compelled to delay
or curtail our plans to develop our business or to pay dividends
on our capital stock, which could have a material adverse effect
on our operations, market position and competitiveness.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements.
45
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
Information regarding recent accounting pronouncements is
contained in Note 2 Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies to the Consolidated
Financial Statements for the year ended May 29, 2010.
|
|
ITEM 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
|
Interest Rate Risk. At the end of fiscal 2010,
we had approximately $140.9 million of cash and cash
equivalents and short-term investments. Securities that the
Company has the ability and positive intent to hold to maturity
are carried at amortized cost. These securities consist of
commercial paper and government-agency bonds. Cost approximates
market for these securities. The earnings on these investments
are subject to changes in interest rates; however, assuming a
constant balance available for investment, a 10% decline in
interest rates would reduce our interest income but would not
have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or
results of operations.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk. For the
year ended May 29, 2010, approximately 25% of the
Companys revenues were generated outside of the United
States. As a result, our operating results are subject to
fluctuations in the exchange rates of foreign currencies in
relation to the United States dollar. Revenues and expenses
denominated in foreign currencies are translated into United
States dollars at the monthly average exchange rates prevailing
during the period. Thus, as the value of the United States
dollar fluctuates relative to the currencies in our
non-United
States based operations, our reported results may vary.
Assets and liabilities of our
non-United
States based operations are translated into United States
dollars at the exchange rate effective at the end of each
monthly reporting period. Approximately 81% of our fiscal
year-end balances of cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments were denominated in United States dollars. The
remaining amount of approximately 19% was comprised primarily of
cash balances translated from Japanese Yen, Euros, Hong Kong
Dollars or British Pounds. The difference resulting from the
translation each period of assets and liabilities of our
non-United
States based operations is recorded in stockholders equity
as a component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) gain.
Although we intend to monitor our exposure to foreign currency
fluctuations, we do not currently use financial hedging
techniques to mitigate risks associated with foreign currency
fluctuations and we cannot assure you that exchange rate
fluctuations will not adversely affect our financial results in
the future.
46
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
|
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
47
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Resources Connection, Inc.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in
the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Resources
Connection, Inc. and its subsidiaries at May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009, and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
May 29, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our
opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects,
effective internal control over financial reporting as of May
29, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). The Companys management is responsible for these
financial statements and for maintaining effective internal
control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,
included in Managements Report on Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting, appearing under Item 9A,
Controls and Procedures. Our responsibility is to express
opinions on these financial statements and on the Companys
internal control over financial reporting based on our
integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with
the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement and
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial
statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also
included performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
As described in Managements Annual Report on Internal
Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A,
management has excluded Sitrick Brincko Group from its
assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of
May 29, 2010 because it was acquired by the Company in a
purchase business combination during the fiscal year ended
May 29, 2010. We have also excluded Sitrick Brincko Group
from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. The
total assets and total revenues of Sitrick Brincko Group, a
wholly-owned subsidiary, represent 1% and 3% of the related
consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year
ended May 29, 2010.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Orange County, California
July 26, 2010
48
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except par value per share)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
130,659
|
|
|
$
|
143,247
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
10,246
|
|
|
|
20,494
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
accounts of $5,193 and $5,597 as of May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009, respectively
|
|
|
73,936
|
|
|
|
68,157
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
4,698
|
|
|
|
4,057
|
|
Income taxes receivable
|
|
|
4,575
|
|
|
|
10,687
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
7,107
|
|
|
|
10,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
231,221
|
|
|
|
256,804
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
172,632
|
|
|
|
111,084
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
12,425
|
|
|
|
6,259
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
29,354
|
|
|
|
34,934
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
25,846
|
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,722
|
|
|
|
1,574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
473,200
|
|
|
$
|
412,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
14,606
|
|
|
$
|
15,267
|
|
Accrued salaries and related obligations
|
|
|
37,949
|
|
|
|
48,753
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
5,194
|
|
|
|
4,431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
57,749
|
|
|
|
68,451
|
|
Other long-term liabilities, including estimated contingent
consideration of $59,792 and $0 as of May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009, respectively
|
|
|
62,210
|
|
|
|
2,411
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
119,959
|
|
|
|
74,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 5,000 shares
authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 70,000 shares
authorized; 54,267 and 53,474 shares issued, and 46,265 and
45,140 shares outstanding as of May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009, respectively
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
306,413
|
|
|
|
282,769
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(4,584
|
)
|
|
|
(307
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
232,034
|
|
|
|
248,269
|
|
Treasury stock at cost, 8,002 and 8,334 shares at
May 29, 2010 and May 30, 2009, respectively
|
|
|
(181,165
|
)
|
|
|
(193,349
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
353,241
|
|
|
|
337,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
473,200
|
|
|
$
|
412,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
49
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except net (loss) income per common
share)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
498,998
|
|
|
$
|
685,576
|
|
|
$
|
840,285
|
|
Direct cost of services
|
|
|
303,768
|
|
|
|
422,171
|
|
|
|
518,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
195,230
|
|
|
|
263,405
|
|
|
|
321,872
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
182,985
|
|
|
|
212,680
|
|
|
|
227,853
|
|
Employee portion of contingent consideration
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingent consideration expense
|
|
|
1,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
3,496
|
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
|
1,114
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
8,544
|
|
|
|
8,898
|
|
|
|
8,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from operations
|
|
|
(1,787
|
)
|
|
|
40,444
|
|
|
|
84,453
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
(1,593
|
)
|
|
|
(5,603
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
|
42,037
|
|
|
|
90,056
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
10,618
|
|
|
|
24,273
|
|
|
|
40,871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(11,749
|
)
|
|
$
|
17,764
|
|
|
$
|
49,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.26
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
1.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.26
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
1.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
45,894
|
|
|
|
45,018
|
|
|
|
46,545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
45,894
|
|
|
|
45,726
|
|
|
|
47,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
50
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
(Loss) Gain
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Balances as of May 26, 2007
|
|
|
50,731
|
|
|
$
|
507
|
|
|
$
|
199,741
|
|
|
|
2,954
|
|
|
$
|
(82,206
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,629
|
|
|
$
|
242,628
|
|
|
$
|
363,299
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
1,168
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
14,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,509
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense related to share-based awards
and employee stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,386
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock option plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,911
|
|
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
405
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
7,910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,914
|
|
Issuance of treasury stock for Compliance Solutions (UK) Ltd.
transaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
1,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,152
|
|
Purchase of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,763
|
|
|
|
(102,065
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(102,065
|
)
|
Cancellation of treasury stock
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(189
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends $1.25 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60,652
|
)
|
|
|
(60,652
|
)
|
Cumulative impact from adoption of FASB Interpretation
No. 48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
Comprehensive Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,905
|
|
Net income for the year ended May 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,185
|
|
|
|
49,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,090
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances as of May 31, 2008
|
|
|
52,294
|
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
|
249,033
|
|
|
|
7,640
|
|
|
|
(182,707
|
)
|
|
|
8,534
|
|
|
|
230,505
|
|
|
|
305,888
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
7,594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,600
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense related to share-based awards
and employee stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,790
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,790
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock option plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
420
|
|
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
8,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,029
|
|
Release of restricted stock
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
Issuance of treasury stock for acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(361
|
)
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
1,621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,260
|
|
Issuance of treasury per employment agreements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
Purchase of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
|
(12,341
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,341
|
)
|
Comprehensive Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,841
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,841
|
)
|
Net income for the year ended May 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,764
|
|
|
|
17,764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances as of May 30, 2009
|
|
|
53,474
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
282,769
|
|
|
|
8,334
|
|
|
|
(193,349
|
)
|
|
|
(307
|
)
|
|
|
248,269
|
|
|
|
337,917
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4,517
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,521
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense related to share-based awards
and employee stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,437
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
Tax shortfall from employee stock option plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,127
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
5,276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,280
|
|
Issuance of treasury stock for Sitrick Brincko Group acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(496
|
)
|
|
|
(822
|
)
|
|
|
21,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,486
|
)
|
|
|
16,137
|
|
Issuance of treasury stock under employment agreements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
Purchase of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
|
(9,042
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,042
|
)
|
Comprehensive Loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,277
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,277
|
)
|
Net loss for the year ended May 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,749
|
)
|
|
|
(11,749
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,026
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances as of May 29, 2010
|
|
|
54,267
|
|
|
$
|
543
|
|
|
$
|
306,413
|
|
|
|
8,002
|
|
|
$
|
(181,165
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,584
|
)
|
|
$
|
232,034
|
|
|
$
|
353,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
51
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(11,749
|
)
|
|
$
|
17,764
|
|
|
$
|
49,185
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,040
|
|
|
|
10,281
|
|
|
|
9,566
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock
options and employee stock purchases
|
|
|
15,493
|
|
|
|
17,790
|
|
|
|
22,386
|
|
Contingent consideration expense
|
|
|
1,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
(657
|
)
|
|
|
(524
|
)
|
|
|
(2,331
|
)
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,824
|
|
|
|
738
|
|
Loss on disposal of assets
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax benefit
|
|
|
(1,263
|
)
|
|
|
(858
|
)
|
|
|
(7,242
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of
acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable
|
|
|
(593
|
)
|
|
|
52,450
|
|
|
|
(13,234
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(848
|
)
|
|
|
1,597
|
|
|
|
701
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
4,879
|
|
|
|
(9,291
|
)
|
|
|
(3,910
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
(772
|
)
|
|
|
(3,660
|
)
|
|
|
(1,847
|
)
|
Accrued salaries and related obligations
|
|
|
(11,400
|
)
|
|
|
(13,814
|
)
|
|
|
1,105
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
|
(7,875
|
)
|
|
|
3,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
7,692
|
|
|
|
66,312
|
|
|
|
57,414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption of long-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
Purchase of long-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,000
|
)
|
Redemption of short-term investments
|
|
|
53,996
|
|
|
|
76,000
|
|
|
|
79,000
|
|
Purchase of short-term investments
|
|
|
(43,748
|
)
|
|
|
(70,494
|
)
|
|
|
(44,000
|
)
|
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(28,262
|
)
|
|
|
(5,292
|
)
|
|
|
(27,569
|
)
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(3,380
|
)
|
|
|
(5,898
|
)
|
|
|
(11,333
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(21,394
|
)
|
|
|
(5,684
|
)
|
|
|
37,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
4,521
|
|
|
|
7,600
|
|
|
|
14,509
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Employee Stock
Purchase Plan
|
|
|
5,280
|
|
|
|
8,028
|
|
|
|
7,914
|
|
Purchase of common stock
|
|
|
(9,042
|
)
|
|
|
(12,341
|
)
|
|
|
(102,065
|
)
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
657
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
2,331
|
|
Cash dividends paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60,652
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
1,416
|
|
|
|
3,811
|
|
|
|
(137,963
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
(302
|
)
|
|
|
(2,006
|
)
|
|
|
3,170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash
|
|
|
(12,588
|
)
|
|
|
62,433
|
|
|
|
(40,281
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
143,247
|
|
|
|
80,814
|
|
|
|
121,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
130,659
|
|
|
$
|
143,247
|
|
|
$
|
80,814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
52
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
|
|
1.
|
Description
of the Company and its Business
|
Resources Connection, Inc. (Resources Connection)
was incorporated on November 16, 1998. Resources Connection
is a multinational professional services firm; its operating
entities primarily provide services under the name Resources
Global Professionals (Resources Global or the
Company). The Company provides clients with
experienced professionals specializing in accounting, finance,
risk management and internal audit, corporate advisory,
strategic communications and restructuring, information
management, human capital, supply chain management, actuarial
and legal and regulatory services in support of client-led
projects and initiatives. The Company has offices in the United
States (U.S.), Asia, Australia, Canada, Europe and
Mexico. Resources Connection is a Delaware corporation.
The Companys fiscal year consists of 52 or 53 weeks,
ending on the Saturday in May closest to May 31. The fiscal
years ended May 29, 2010 and May 30, 2009 consisted of
52 weeks. The fiscal year ended May 31, 2008 consisted
of 53 weeks.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Basis
of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company
(financial statements) have been prepared in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
U.S. (GAAP) and the rules of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC). The financial statements
include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenues are recognized and billed when the Companys
professionals deliver services. Conversion fees are recognized
when one of the Companys professionals accepts an offer of
permanent employment from a client. Conversion fees were 0.5%,
0.6% and 0.5% of revenue for the years ended May 29, 2010,
May 30, 2009 and May 31, 2008, respectively. All costs
of compensating the Companys professionals are the
responsibility of the Company and are included in direct cost of
services.
Contingent
Consideration
The Company estimates and records the acquisition date fair
value of contingent consideration as part of purchase price
consideration for acquisitions occurring subsequent to
May 30, 2009. Additionally, each reporting period, the
Company estimates changes in the fair value of contingent
consideration and any change in fair value is recognized in the
Consolidated Statement of Operations. The estimate of the fair
value of contingent consideration requires very subjective
assumptions to be made of future operating results, discount
rates and probabilities assigned to various potential operating
result scenarios. Future revisions to these assumptions could
materially change the estimate of the fair value of contingent
consideration and therefore materially affect the Companys
future financial results. During the year ended May 29,
2010, the Company recorded approximately $1.5 million as
contingent consideration expense, representing the change in the
fair value of the contingent consideration liability since the
acquisition date associated with the acquisition of the Sitrick
Brincko Group LLC (Sitrick Brincko Group; see
Note 3 Acquisitions).
Under the terms of our acquisition agreements for Sitrick
Brincko Group, up to 20% of the contingent consideration is
payable to employees of the acquired business at the end of the
measurement period to the extent certain growth targets are
achieved. The Company records the estimated amount of the
contractual obligation to pay the employee portion of the
contingent consideration as compensation expense over the
service period as it is deemed probable that the growth targets
will be achieved. The estimate of the amount of the employee
portion of contingent consideration requires very subjective
assumptions to be made of future operating results. Future
revisions to these assumptions could materially change our
estimate of the amount of the employee portion of
53
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
contingent consideration and therefore materially affect the
Companys future financial results. During the year ended
May 29, 2010, the Company recorded $500,000 as an estimate
of the employee portion of the contingent consideration earned
during the period.
Client
Reimbursements of
Out-of-Pocket
Expenses
The Company recognizes all reimbursements received from clients
for
out-of-pocket
expenses as revenue and all such expenses as direct cost of
services. Reimbursements received from clients were
$9.1 million, $15.3 million and $18.3 million for
the years ended May 29, 2010, May 30, 2009 and
May 31, 2008, respectively.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The financial statements of subsidiaries outside the
U.S. are measured using the local currency as the
functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these
subsidiaries are translated at current exchange rates, income
and expense items are translated at average exchange rates
prevailing during the period and the related translation
adjustments are recorded as a component of comprehensive income
or loss within stockholders equity. Gains and losses from
foreign currency transactions are included in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
Per
Share Information
The Company presents both basic and diluted earnings per share
(EPS). Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net
income by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is based upon the
weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares
outstanding during the period, calculated using the treasury
stock method for stock options. Under the treasury stock method,
exercise proceeds include the amount the employee must pay for
exercising stock options, the amount of compensation cost for
future services that the Company has not yet recognized and the
amount of tax benefits that would be recorded in additional
paid-in capital when the award becomes deductible. Common
equivalent shares are excluded from the computation in periods
in which they have an anti-dilutive effect. Stock options for
which the exercise price exceeds the average market price over
the period are anti-dilutive and are excluded from the
calculation.
The following table summarizes the calculation of net (loss)
income per share for the years ended May 29, 2010,
May 30, 2009 and May 31, 2008 (in thousands, except
per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(11,749
|
)
|
|
$
|
17,764
|
|
|
$
|
49,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
|
|
|
45,894
|
|
|
|
45,018
|
|
|
|
46,545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
|
|
|
45,894
|
|
|
|
45,018
|
|
|
|
46,545
|
|
Potentially dilutive shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
708
|
|
|
|
1,389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total dilutive shares
|
|
|
45,894
|
|
|
|
45,726
|
|
|
|
47,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.26
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
1.06
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.26
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
1.03
|
|
The potentially dilutive shares presented above do not include
the anti-dilutive effect of approximately 6,299,000, 6,356,000
and 4,833,000 potential common shares for the years ended
May 29, 2010, May 30, 2009 and May 31, 2008,
respectively.
54
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers cash on hand, deposits in banks, and
short-term investments purchased with an original maturity date
of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents. The
carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets
for cash and cash equivalents approximate the fair values due to
the short maturities of these instruments.
Short-Term
Investments
The Company carries debt securities that it has the ability and
positive intent to hold to maturity at amortized cost. Cost
closely approximates fair value which is based on quoted prices
in active markets.
As of May 29, 2010 and May 30, 2009,
$10.2 million and $20.5 million, respectively, of the
Companys investment in debt securities had original
contractual maturities of between three months and one year. The
Company had no investments with a maturity in excess of one year
in either fiscal year 2010 or 2009. The Companys portfolio
does not include any auction rate securities in either fiscal
year 2010 or 2009. The components of the Companys
short-term investments are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of May 29, 2010
|
|
As of May 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holding
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Holding
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
Loss
|
|
Value
|
|
Cost
|
|
Loss
|
|
Value
|
|
Commercial paper
|
|
$
|
10,000
|
|
|
$
|
(4
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,996
|
|
|
$
|
15,000
|
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
|
$
|
14,994
|
|
U.S. Government agency bonds
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,000
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,999
|
|
Certificates of deposit
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
|
$
|
494
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
494
|
|
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for
estimated losses resulting from its clients failure to
make required payments for services rendered. Management
estimates this allowance based upon knowledge of the financial
condition of the Companys clients, review of historical
receivable and reserve trends and other pertinent information.
If the financial condition of the Companys clients
deteriorates or there is an unfavorable trend in aggregate
receivable collections, additional allowances may be required.
The following table summarizes the activity in our allowance for
doubtful accounts (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
Ending
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
Operations
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
Balance
|
|
Years Ended:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
4,588
|
|
|
$
|
738
|
|
|
$
|
(1,350
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,976
|
|
May 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
3,976
|
|
|
$
|
1,824
|
|
|
$
|
(203
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,597
|
|
May 29, 2010
|
|
$
|
5,597
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(404
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,193
|
|
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line method over the following estimated useful
lives:
|
|
|
Building
|
|
30 years
|
Furniture
|
|
5 to 10 years
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
Lesser of useful life of asset or term of lease
|
Computer, equipment and software
|
|
3 to 5 years
|
55
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Costs for normal repairs and maintenance are expensed to
operations as incurred, while renewals and major refurbishments
are capitalized.
Assessments of whether there has been a permanent impairment in
the value of property and equipment are periodically performed
by considering factors such as expected future operating income,
trends and prospects, as well as the effects of demand,
competition and other economic factors. Management believes no
permanent impairment has occurred.
Intangible
Assets and Goodwill
Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are
not subject to amortization but are tested for impairment
annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the asset might be impaired. The Company performed its
annual goodwill impairment analysis as of May 29, 2010 and
will continue to test for impairment at least annually. The
Company performs its impairment analysis by comparing its market
capitalization to its book value throughout the fiscal year. For
application of this methodology the Company determined that it
operates as a single reporting unit resulting from the
combination of its practice offices. No impairment was indicated
as of May 29, 2010. Other intangible assets with finite
lives are subject to amortization and impairment reviews. No
impairment was indicated as of May 29, 2010.
See Note 5 Intangible Assets and
Goodwill for a further description of the Companys
intangible assets.
Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company recognizes compensation expense for all share-based
payment awards made to employees and directors, including
employee stock options and employee stock purchases made via the
Companys Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
ESPP), based on estimated fair value at the date of
grant (options) or date of purchase (ESPP).
The Company estimates the fair value of share-based payment
awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The
value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to
vest is recognized as an expense over the requisite service
periods. Stock options vest over four years and restricted stock
award vesting is determined on an individual grant basis under
the Companys 2004 Performance Incentive Plan. The Company
determines the estimated value of stock options using the
Black-Scholes valuation model. The Company recognizes
stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over
the service period for options that are expected to vest and
records adjustments to compensation expense at the end of the
service period if actual forfeitures differ from original
estimates.
See Note 15 Stock Based Compensation Plans
for further information on stock-based compensation expense
and the resulting impact on the provision for income taxes.
Income
Taxes
The Company recognizes deferred income taxes for the estimated
tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax
basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting
amounts at each year-end based on enacted tax laws and statutory
rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are
expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are
established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected
to be realized when, in managements opinion, it is more
likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets
will not be realized. The provision for income taxes represents
current taxes payable net of the change during the period in
deferred tax assets and liabilities.
56
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Recently
Adopted Accounting Standards
Fair
Value Measurement of Liabilities
In August 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued guidance clarifying the required
techniques for the fair value measurement of liabilities. The
guidance applies to all entities that measure liabilities at
fair value and is effective for the first reporting period
(including interim periods) after issuance of the guidance. The
Company adopted this guidance effective for the second quarter
of fiscal 2010 and there was no impact on the Companys
results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.
Accounting
Standards Codification
In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes that the
FASB Accounting Standards Codification
(Codification) will become the authoritative source
of U.S. GAAP and that rules and interpretive releases of
the SEC will also be sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC
registrants. Following this statement, the FASB will not issue
new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or
Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue
Accounting Standards Updates. The Company adopted this statement
effective for our first quarter of fiscal 2010 and there was no
impact on the Companys results of operations, financial
condition or liquidity.
Assets
Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business
Combination
In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that requires that the
acquiring entity recognize assets or liabilities that arise from
contingencies if the acquisition date fair value of that asset
or liability can be determined during the measurement period. If
it cannot be determined during the measurement period, then the
asset or liability should be recognized at the acquisition date
if the following criteria are met: (1) information
available before the end of the measurement period indicates
that it is probable that an asset existed or that a liability
had been incurred at the acquisition date, and (2) the
amount of the asset or liability can be reasonably estimated.
The Company adopted the provisions of this business combination
guidance at the beginning of fiscal year 2010. The adoption did
not have any impact on the Companys results of operations,
financial condition or liquidity.
Recognition
and Presentation of
Other-Than-Temporary
Impairments
In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that modifies the
other-than-temporary
impairment guidance for debt securities through increased
consistency in the timing of impairment recognition and enhanced
disclosures related to the credit and noncredit components of
impaired debt securities that are not expected to be sold. In
addition, increased disclosures are required for both debt and
equity securities regarding expected cash flows, credit losses
and securities with unrealized losses. The Company adopted the
provisions of the
other-than-temporary
impairment guidance at the beginning of fiscal year 2010. The
adoption did not have any impact on the Companys results
of operations, financial condition or liquidity.
Useful
Lives of Recognized Intangible Assets
In April 2008, the FASB issued guidance which amends the factors
that must be considered in developing renewal or extension
assumptions used to determine the useful life over which to
amortize the cost of a recognized intangible asset. The guidance
requires an entity to consider its own assumptions about renewal
or extension of the term of the arrangement, consistent with its
expected use of the asset, and is an attempt to improve
consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible
asset and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the
fair value of the asset. The Company adopted the provisions of
this useful life guidance at the beginning of fiscal year 2010.
The adoption did not have a material impact on the
Companys results of operations, financial condition or
liquidity.
57
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Noncontrolling
Interests
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that requires
(a) that noncontrolling (minority) interests be reported as
a component of shareholders equity; (b) that net
income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling
interest be separately identified in the consolidated statement
of operations; (c) that changes in a parents
ownership interest while the parent retains its controlling
interest be accounted for as equity transactions; (d) that
any retained noncontrolling equity investment upon the
deconsolidation of the subsidiary be initially measured at fair
value; and (e) that sufficient disclosures are provided
that clearly identify and distinguish between the interest of
the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. The
Company adopted the provisions of this noncontrolling interest
guidance at the beginning of fiscal year 2010. The Company
currently has no noncontrolling interests that would require
application of the pronouncement.
Business
Combinations
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that significantly
changes the accounting for business combinations. The guidance
requires an acquiring entity to recognize, with limited
exceptions, all the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a
transaction at their fair value on the acquisition date. The
guidance changes the accounting treatment for certain specific
acquisition-related items including, among other items:
(1) expensing acquisition-related costs as incurred,
(2) valuing noncontrolling interests at fair value at the
acquisition date, (3) expensing restructuring costs
associated with an acquired business and (4) goodwill. The
guidance also includes a substantial number of new disclosure
requirements to enhance the evaluation of the nature and
financial effects of the business combination. The Company
adopted the provisions of this business combination guidance at
the beginning of fiscal year 2010 and it is effective for all
future business combinations consummated by the Company.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
Other recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB
(including its Emerging Issues Task Force), the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the SEC did not,
or are not expected to, have a material effect on the
Companys results of operations or financial position.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Although management believes these estimates and
assumptions are adequate, actual results could differ from the
estimates and assumptions used.
Acquisition
of Sitrick Brincko Group
On November 20, 2009, the Company acquired certain assets
of Sitrick And Company (Sitrick Co), a strategic
communications firm, and Brincko Associates, Inc.
(Brincko), a corporate advisory and restructuring
firm, through the purchase of all of the outstanding membership
interests in Sitrick Brincko Group, a Delaware limited liability
company, formed for the purpose of the acquisition, pursuant to
a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and among the
Company, Sitrick Co, Michael S. Sitrick, an individual, Brincko
and John P. Brincko, an individual. Prior to the acquisition
date, Mr. Sitrick and Nancy Sitrick were the sole
shareholders of Sitrick Co and Mr. Brincko was the sole
shareholder of Brincko. In addition, on the same date, the
Company acquired the personal goodwill of Mr. Sitrick
pursuant to a Goodwill Purchase Agreement by and between the
Company and Mr. Sitrick. Sitrick Brincko Group is now a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. By combining the
specialized skill sets of the Sitrick Brincko Group with the
Companys existing consultant capabilities, geographic
58
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
footprint and client base, the Company believes it will increase
its ability to assist clients during challenging periods,
particularly in the areas of corporate advisory, strategic
communications and restructuring services. This expected synergy
gives rise to goodwill being recorded as part of the purchase
price of Sitrick Brincko Group.
The Company paid cash aggregating approximately
$28.8 million and issued an aggregate of
822,060 shares of restricted common stock valued at
approximately $16.1 million to Sitrick Co, Brincko and
Mr. Sitrick (collectively, the Sellers) for the
acquisition. In addition, contingent consideration will be
payable to the Sellers in a lump sum following the fourth
anniversary of the acquisition only if the average (calculated
from each of the four one-year periods following the acquisition
date) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization (EBITDA) exceed $11.3 million. At
the end of the four-year earn-out period, the Company will
determine if the average annual EBITDA exceeded
$11.3 million; if so, the contingent consideration payable
is determined by multiplying the average annual EBITDA by 3.15
(representing the agreed upon multiple to be paid by the Company
as specified in the acquisition agreements).
Under accounting rules for business combinations effective for
the Company at the beginning of fiscal 2010, obligations that
are contingently payable to the Sellers based upon the
occurrence of one or more future events are to be recorded as a
discounted liability on the Companys balance sheet. The
Company estimated the fair value of the obligation to pay
contingent consideration based on a number of different
projections of the average EBITDA during the four-year earn-out
measurement period and then assigned a probability weight to
each scenario. The resultant probability-weighted average EBITDA
amounts were then multiplied by 3.15 (the agreed upon multiple
to be paid by the Company as specified in the acquisition
agreements). The Company recorded this potential future
obligation using an original discount rate of 1.9%, representing
the time value of money over the four-year period. The Company
may, in its sole discretion, pay up to 50% of any earn-out
payment in restricted stock of the Company. Because the
contingent consideration is not subject to a ceiling and future
EBITDA of Sitrick Brincko Group is theoretically unlimited, the
range of the undiscounted amounts the Company could be obligated
to pay as contingent consideration under the earn-out
arrangement is between $0 and an unlimited amount. The estimated
fair value of the contractual obligation to pay the contingent
consideration recognized as of May 29, 2010 was
$59.8 million. Each reporting period, the Company will
estimate changes in the fair value of contingent consideration
and any change in fair value will be recognized in the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the
year ended May 29, 2010, the Company recognized
approximately $1.5 million of expense related to the change
in the estimated value of contingent consideration. The
estimated change is attributable to accretion and a slight
change in the discount rate. The estimate of the fair value of
contingent consideration requires very subjective assumptions to
be made of various potential operating result scenarios and
discount rates. Future revisions to these assumptions could
materially change the estimate of the fair value of contingent
consideration and therefore materially affect the Companys
future financial results.
In addition, under the terms of the acquisition agreements, up
to 20% of the contingent consideration is payable to the
employees of Sitrick Brincko Group at the end of the measurement
period to the extent certain EBITDA growth targets are met. The
Company records the estimated amount of the contractual
obligation to pay the employee portion of contingent
consideration as compensation expense over the service period as
it is deemed probable that the growth targets will be achieved.
For the year ended May 31, 2010, the Company recorded
$500,000 as an estimate of the employee portion of the
contingent consideration earned during the period. The estimate
of the amount of the employee portion of contingent
consideration payable requires very subjective assumptions to be
made of future operating results. Future revisions to these
assumptions could materially change the estimate of the amount
of the employee portion of contingent consideration and
therefore materially affect the Companys future financial
results.
Sitrick Brincko Group contributed approximately
$13.6 million to revenue and approximately
$3.1 million to pre-tax earnings for the year ended
May 29, 2010.
The following table presents unaudited pro forma revenue and net
income for the years ended May 29, 2010 and May 30,
2009 as if the acquisition of Sitrick Brincko Group and the
personal goodwill of Michael Sitrick had
59
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
occurred on June 1, 2008 for each period presented. The pro
forma financial information presented in the following table is
for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the
results of operations that would have been achieved if the
acquisition had taken place at the beginning of the earliest
period presented, nor does it intend to be a projection of
future results (in thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma Year
|
|
Pro Forma Year
|
|
|
Ended May 29,
|
|
Ended May 30,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
512,237
|
|
|
$
|
711,629
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(10,085
|
)
|
|
$
|
21,819
|
|
Due to differences in the reporting periods of the Company and
Sitrick Brincko Group, the preceding unaudited pro forma
financial information for the year ended May 29, 2010
combines the Companys financial results for the year ended
May 29, 2010 with the financial results of Sitrick Brincko
Group (which incorporated Sitrick Co and Brincko) for the six
months ended September 30, 2009, plus the financial results
of Sitrick Brincko Group for the third and fourth quarters of
fiscal 2010. The preceding unaudited pro forma financial
information for the year ended May 30, 2009, combines the
Companys financial results for the year ended May 30,
2009 with the financial results of Sitrick Brincko Group for the
twelve months ended March 31, 2009. Certain of the assets
and liabilities of Sitrick Co and Brincko were retained by
Sitrick Co and Brincko and not contributed to Sitrick Brincko
Group. These assets and liabilities include 1) certain
property and equipment of Sitrick Co and Brincko; 2) debt
related to certain property and equipment or due to the CEO of
Sitrick Co; and 3) pension liabilities of Brincko. The pro
forma financial information presented above has been reported
after applying the Companys accounting policies and
adjusting the results of Sitrick Brincko Group (which
incorporated the results of Sitrick Co and Brincko) to reflect
the elimination of these assets and liabilities and related
expenses.
In accordance with GAAP, the Company allocated the purchase
price based on the fair value of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, with the residual recorded as goodwill. As
a result of the contingent consideration, the Company recorded a
deferred tax asset on the temporary difference between the book
and tax treatment of the contingent consideration. The total
intangible assets acquired include approximately
$64.5 million of goodwill, $23.7 million of long-term
deferred tax asset, $5.6 million for customer
relationships, $1.2 million for trade names,
$3.0 million for non-competition agreements and $250,000
for customer backlog. The backlog will be amortized over
13 months, the customer relationships over two years, and
the trade names and non-competition agreements over five years.
The goodwill related to this transaction is expected to be
deductible for tax purposes over 15 years, except any
contingent consideration payable at the end of the four-year
earn-out will be deductible for tax purposes from the date of
payment over 15 years. The Company completed its allocation
of the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities
assumed during the quarter ended May 29, 2010.
The Company incurred approximately $600,000 of transaction
related costs during the quarter ended November 28, 2009;
these expenses are included in selling, general and
administrative expenses in the Companys Consolidated
Statement of Operations for the year ended May 29, 2010.
The following table summarizes the consideration transferred to
acquire Sitrick Brincko Group and the amounts of the identified
assets acquired and liabilities assumed, after adjustment, at
the acquisition date:
Fair Value of Consideration Transferred (in thousands, except
share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
28,750
|
|
Common stock 822,060 shares @ $19.63 (closing
price on acquisition date)
|
|
|
16,137
|
|
Estimated contingent consideration, net of amount allocable to
Sitrick Brincko Group employees
|
|
|
57,820
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
102,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
302
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
6,232
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
281
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
10,050
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
120
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total identifiable assets
|
|
|
17,109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
199
|
|
Accrued salaries and related obligations
|
|
|
1,638
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
|
2,592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net identifiable assets acquired
|
|
|
14,517
|
|
Goodwill ($64,490) and deferred tax assets ($23,700)
|
|
|
88,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
102,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions
in fiscal 2009
The Company has acquired certain intangible assets or stock of
companies that it believes complement or augment the
Companys service offerings in the territories it serves.
Those acquisitions completed in fiscal 2009 (the 2009
acquisitions) include:
1) On May 12, 2009, the Company acquired certain
intangible assets comprising the Ohio-based professional
services business of Kenwood Cooper LLC operated under the name
Xperianz (Xperianz). The Company paid cash of
approximately $900,000 for these assets.
2) On January 16, 2009, the Company acquired Limbus
Holding B.V. (Limbus), a Netherlands-based provider
of risk and compliance and process improvement consultancy
services to financial institutions and the public sector. The
Company paid approximately $2.0 million for the
acquisition, consisting of $1.0 million in cash and
$1.0 million (68,459 shares) of the Companys
treasury stock.
3) On December 1, 2008, the Company acquired
Kompetensslussen X-tern Personalfunktion AB
(Kompetensslussen), a Sweden-based provider of human
capital services. The Company paid approximately
$1.0 million for the acquisition, consisting of $745,000 in
cash and $274,000 (18,302 shares) of the Companys
treasury stock.
Assuming the above fiscal 2009 acquisitions had been consummated
on May 27, 2007, the pro forma impact on the Companys
revenue and net income would be insignificant for the year ended
May 30, 2009.
Each of the purchase agreements for the aforementioned
transactions may require additional contingent consideration
payments which are not recorded as of May 29, 2010. For
Xperianz, the Company is required to pay up to $1.1 million
in additional cash in fiscal years 2011 and 2012, provided
certain revenue and gross margin interim milestones are met.
Those interim milestones were not met in fiscal year 2010.
Limbus did not meet its required milestones and no future
payments will be made. For Kompetensslussen, the Company is
required to make earn-out payments based on
Kompetensslussens achievement of certain financial results
for calendar year 2010. The earn-out is two-tiered, and is
subject to gross margin goals. The first tier earn-out may be up
to 8.0 million Swedish Krona (SEK) and is payable equally
in cash and stock of the Company; the second tier earn-out may
be up to 3.0 million SEK, payable in cash. If earned,
payments are to be made no later than March 31, 2011.
61
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company allocated the purchase price of the 2009
acquisitions based on the fair value of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, with the residual recorded as goodwill. The
Company considered a number of factors in performing these
valuations, including the valuation of identifiable intangible
assets. The total intangible assets acquired included: for
Xperianz, approximately $772,000 of goodwill, $115,000 for
customer relationships (amortized over two years) and $14,000
for a non-compete agreement (amortized over one year); for
Limbus, approximately $1.4 million of goodwill, $249,000
for customer relationships (amortized over two years), $130,000
for a non-compete agreement (amortized over one year) and
$67,000 for a database of potential consultants (amortized over
two years); for Kompetensslussen, approximately $800,000 of
goodwill, $150,000 for customer relationships (amortized over
two years) and $80,000 for a non-compete agreement (amortized
over one year). The goodwill and other intangibles recognized in
the Xperianz transaction are deductible for tax purposes while
the goodwill and other intangibles recognized in the Limbus and
Kompetensslussen transactions are not deductible for tax
purposes.
|
|
4.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of May 29,
|
|
|
As of May 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Building and land
|
|
$
|
12,935
|
|
|
$
|
12,935
|
|
Computers, equipment and software
|
|
|
18,827
|
|
|
|
18,023
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
21,461
|
|
|
|
22,454
|
|
Furniture
|
|
|
9,864
|
|
|
|
9,852
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,087
|
|
|
|
63,264
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(33,733
|
)
|
|
|
(28,330
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,354
|
|
|
$
|
34,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
Intangible
Assets and Goodwill
|
The following table presents details of our intangible assets
and related accumulated amortization (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of May 29, 2010
|
|
|
As of May 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Customer relationships (2-7 years)
|
|
$
|
17,684
|
|
|
$
|
(9,372
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,312
|
|
|
$
|
12,492
|
|
|
$
|
(6,874
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,618
|
|
Consultant and customer database
(1-5 years)
|
|
|
2,305
|
|
|
|
(2,051
|
)
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
2,378
|
|
|
|
(1,938
|
)
|
|
|
440
|
|
Non-compete agreements
(1-5 years)
|
|
|
3,207
|
|
|
|
(504
|
)
|
|
|
2,703
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
119
|
|
Trade name and trademark (5 years)
|
|
|
1,281
|
|
|
|
(125
|
)
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
24,477
|
|
|
$
|
(12,052
|
)
|
|
$
|
12,425
|
|
|
$
|
15,163
|
|
|
$
|
(8,904
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recorded amortization expense for the years ended
May 29, 2010, May 30, 2009 and May 31, 2008 of
$3,496,000, $1,383,000 and $1,114,000, respectively. Estimated
intangible asset amortization expense (based on existing
intangible assets) for the years ending May 28, 2011,
May 26, 2012, May 25, 2013, May 31, 2014 and
May 30, 2015 is $4,947,000, $3,278,000, $1,659,000,
$1,604,000 and $855,000, respectively.
62
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table summarizes the activity in the
Companys goodwill balance (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Goodwill, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
111,084
|
|
|
$
|
107,761
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
64,284
|
|
|
|
5,662
|
|
Impact of foreign currency exchange rate changes
|
|
|
(2,736
|
)
|
|
|
(2,339
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill, end of year
|
|
$
|
172,632
|
|
|
$
|
111,084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table represents the current and deferred income
tax provision for federal and state income taxes attributable to
operations (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
10,661
|
|
|
$
|
18,060
|
|
|
$
|
33,277
|
|
State
|
|
|
2,249
|
|
|
|
4,493
|
|
|
|
8,245
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(1,161
|
)
|
|
|
2,232
|
|
|
|
6,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,749
|
|
|
|
24,785
|
|
|
|
47,906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(2,223
|
)
|
|
|
(1,605
|
)
|
|
|
(3,560
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(393
|
)
|
|
|
(381
|
)
|
|
|
(697
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
1,485
|
|
|
|
1,474
|
|
|
|
(2,778
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
|
(512
|
)
|
|
|
(7,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,618
|
|
|
$
|
24,273
|
|
|
$
|
40,871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes is as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
18,627
|
|
|
$
|
42,874
|
|
|
$
|
79,958
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(19,758
|
)
|
|
|
(837
|
)
|
|
|
10,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
$
|
42,037
|
|
|
$
|
90,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount that
would result from applying the federal statutory rate as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Statutory tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
(106.8
|
)%
|
|
|
6.3
|
%
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
Non-U.S.
rate adjustments
|
|
|
(158.7
|
)%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
Stock options
|
|
|
(148.4
|
)%
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(510.8
|
)%
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign intercompany debt forgiveness
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Permanent items, primarily meals and entertainment
|
|
|
(50.2
|
)%
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
Other, net
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
(938.8
|
)%
|
|
|
57.7
|
%
|
|
|
45.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The impact of state taxes, net of federal benefit, and foreign
income taxed at other than U.S. rates fluctuates year over
year due to the changes in the mix of operating income and
losses amongst the various states and foreign jurisdictions in
which the Company operates.
The components of the net deferred tax asset consist of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
1,897
|
|
|
$
|
2,038
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
2,754
|
|
|
|
3,504
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
4,175
|
|
|
|
4,833
|
|
Stock options and restricted stock
|
|
|
11,559
|
|
|
|
8,855
|
|
Contingent purchase consideration
|
|
|
25,011
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating losses
|
|
|
9,253
|
|
|
|
5,745
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
2,544
|
|
|
|
1,632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax asset
|
|
|
57,193
|
|
|
|
26,607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(7,523
|
)
|
|
|
(2,432
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance
|
|
|
49,670
|
|
|
|
24,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles
|
|
|
(15,076
|
)
|
|
|
(15,805
|
)
|
State taxes
|
|
|
(1,641
|
)
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(16,717
|
)
|
|
|
(15,889
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
32,953
|
|
|
$
|
8,286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company had an income tax receivable of $4,575,000 and
$10,687,000 as of May 29, 2010 and May 30, 2009.
The tax benefit associated with the exercise of nonqualified
stock options and the disqualifying dispositions by employees of
incentive stock options and shares issued under the
Companys Employee Stock Purchase Plan
64
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
reduced income taxes payable by $1.2 million and
$1.9 million for the years ended May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009, respectively.
Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon
generating sufficient future taxable income. During the year
ended May 29, 2010, the Company recorded a valuation
allowance of $5.7 million related to certain foreign
operating loss carryforwards, including valuation allowances of
$4.7 million provided on foreign operating loss
carryforwards of countries which were identified in the current
year. Management believes that it is more likely than not that
all other remaining deferred tax assets will be realized through
future taxable earnings or alternative tax strategies.
The following table summarizes the activity in our valuation
allowance accounts (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
Ending
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Years Ended:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
May 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,351
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
$
|
2,432
|
|
May 29, 2010
|
|
$
|
2,432
|
|
|
$
|
5,661
|
|
|
$
|
(570
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,523
|
|
Deferred income taxes have not been provided on the
undistributed earnings of approximately $30.6 million from
the Companys foreign subsidiaries as of May 29, 2010
since these amounts are intended to be indefinitely reinvested
in foreign operations. It is not practicable to calculate the
deferred taxes associated with these earnings; however, foreign
tax credits would likely be available to reduce federal income
taxes in the event of distribution.
The Company has foreign net operating loss carryforwards of
$33.0 million, of which $4.0 million will begin to
expire in 2015 through 2021 and the remaining amount can be
carried forward indefinitely.
The following table summarizes the activity related to the gross
unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
1,046
|
|
|
$
|
776
|
|
Gross increases-tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
440
|
|
Gross decreases-tax positions in prior periods
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross increases-current period tax positions
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lapse of statute of limitations
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
(217
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year
|
|
$
|
1,059
|
|
|
$
|
1,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of May 29, 2010 and May 30, 2009, the
Companys total liability for unrecognized gross tax
benefits was $1,059,000 and $1,046,000, respectively, which, if
ultimately recognized would impact the effective tax rate in
future periods. As of May 29, 2010 and May 30, 2009,
the unrecognized tax benefit includes $962,000 and $949,000,
respectively, classified as long-term liability and $97,000 and
$97,000, respectively, classified as short-term liability. The
$97,000 classified as short term liability at May 29, 2010
results from U.S. federal and state positions that are in
their last year of the statute of limitations. An estimate of
the range of reasonably possible change cannot be made at this
time.
The Companys major income tax jurisdiction is the U.S.,
with federal income taxes, subject to examination for fiscal
2007 and thereafter. For states within the U.S. in which
the Company does significant business, the Company remains
subject to examination for fiscal 2006 and thereafter. Major
foreign jurisdictions in Europe remain open for fiscal years
ended 2004 and thereafter.
65
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company continues to recognize interest expense and
penalties related to income tax as a part of its provision for
income taxes. While the amount accrued during the fiscal year is
immaterial, as of May 29, 2010, the Company has provided
$205,000 of accrued interest and penalties as a component of the
liability for unrecognized tax benefits.
|
|
7.
|
Selling,
General and Administrative Expenses and Restructuring
|
During the first quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company announced
the resignation of two senior executives from the Company. In
connection with those resignations, the Company incurred
$4.8 million in severance costs and $2.2 million of
compensation expense related to the acceleration of vesting of
certain stock option grants. These charges are included in
selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations for the year ended May 29, 2010.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company announced
a restructuring plan involving a reduction in 77 management and
administrative positions as well as the consolidation of seven
offices into existing locations within a reasonable proximity.
The Company recorded approximately $2.8 million for
severance and approximately $814,000 for leasehold related
write-offs and lease termination costs, which were recorded in
selling, general and administrative expenses in the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
year ended May 30, 2009. Remaining accrual amounts are
included in Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses.
Payments related to lease abandonment are expected to be paid
through fiscal 2013, while the remaining personnel reduction
payment is expected to be paid in fiscal 2011.
The following table summarizes the various restructuring actions
taken (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction in
|
|
|
Leasehold
|
|
|
Lease
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personnel
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
Abandonment
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance as of June 1, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
2,821
|
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
|
3,635
|
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
(2,169
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(2,199
|
)
|
Write-off of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(306
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(306
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance as of May 30, 2009
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
|
1,130
|
|
Change in estimate
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
(544
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(243
|
)
|
|
|
(787
|
)
|
Exchange rate fluctuations
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance as of May 29, 2010
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
225
|
|
|
$
|
229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
Accrued
Salaries and Related Obligations
|
Accrued salaries and related obligations consist of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Accrued salaries and related obligations
|
|
$
|
11,448
|
|
|
$
|
17,331
|
|
Accrued bonuses
|
|
|
13,275
|
|
|
|
17,248
|
|
Accrued vacation
|
|
|
13,226
|
|
|
|
14,174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
37,949
|
|
|
$
|
48,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
9.
|
Revolving
Credit Agreement
|
The Company has a $3.0 million unsecured revolving credit
facility with Bank of America (the Credit
Agreement). The Credit Agreement allows the Company to
choose the interest rate applicable to advances. The interest
rate options are Bank of Americas prime rate and a London
Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 2.25%.
Interest, if any, is payable monthly. The Credit Agreement
expires November 29, 2010. As of May 29, 2010, the
Company had approximately $1.4 million available under the
terms of the Credit Agreement as Bank of America has issued
approximately $1.6 million of outstanding letters of credit
in favor of third parties related to operating leases. As of
May 29, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all
covenants included in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
10.
|
Concentrations
of Credit Risk
|
The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances,
short-term investments and U.S. government agency
securities with high credit quality financial institutions. At
times, such balances are in excess of federally insured limits.
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to
concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of trade
receivables. However, concentrations of credit risk are limited
due to the large number of customers comprising the
Companys customer base and their dispersion across
different business and geographic areas. The Company monitors
its exposure to credit losses and maintains an allowance for
anticipated losses. A significant change in the liquidity or
financial position of one or more of the Companys
customers could result in an increase in the allowance for
anticipated losses. To reduce credit risk, the Company performs
credit checks on certain customers. No single customer accounted
for more than 4%, 3% and 3% of revenue for the years ended
May 29, 2010, May 30, 2009 and May 31, 2008,
respectively.
In October 2002, the Companys board of directors approved
a stock repurchase program, authorizing the repurchase of up to
three million shares of the Companys common stock on the
open market. Upon the completion of the original program, the
Companys board of directors approved a new stock
repurchase program in July 2007, authorizing the repurchase of
common stock on the open market for up to an aggregate amount of
$150 million. During the years ended May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009, the Company purchased approximately 496,000
and 785,000 shares of common stock, respectively, on the
open market for a total of approximately $9.0 million and
$12.3 million, respectively. Such purchased shares are held
in treasury and are presented as if retired, using the cost
method. As of May 29, 2010, approximately
$26.6 million remains available for share purchases under
our stock repurchase program.
The Company has 70,000,000 authorized shares of common stock
with a $0.01 par value. At May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009, there were 46,265,000 and
45,140,000 shares of common stock outstanding,
respectively, all of which are voting.
The Company has authorized for issuance 5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock with a $0.01 par value. The board of
directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or
more series and to determine the related rights and preferences.
No shares of preferred stock were outstanding as of May 29,
2010 and May 30, 2009.
On May 10, 2002, the Companys board of directors
adopted a stockholder rights plan, pursuant to which a dividend
of one preferred stock purchase right (the rights)
was declared for each share of common stock outstanding at the
close of business on May 28, 2002. Common stock issued
after the record date has the same rights associated. The rights
are not exercisable until the Distribution Date, which, unless
extended by the board of directors, is 10 days after a
person or group acquires 15% of the voting power of the common
stock of the Company or announces a tender offer that could
result in a person or group owning 15% or more of the voting
power of the common stock of the Company (such person or group,
an Acquiring Person). Each right, should it become
67
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
exercisable, will entitle the owner to buy 1/100th of a
share of a new series of the Companys Junior Participating
Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $120, subject to certain
adjustments.
In the event a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person
without the approval of the board of directors, each right will
entitle the owner, other than the Acquiring Person, to buy at
the rights then current exercise price, a number of shares
of common stock with a market value equal to twice the exercise
price of the rights. In addition, if after a person or group
becomes an Acquiring Person, the Company was to be acquired by
merger, stockholders with unexercised rights could purchase
common stock of the acquiring company with a value of twice the
exercise price of the rights. The board of directors may redeem
the rights for $0.001 per right at any time prior to and
including the tenth business day after the first public
announcement that a person has become an Acquiring Person.
Unless earlier redeemed, exchanged or extended by the board, the
rights will expire on May 28, 2012.
The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan (the
plan) which covers all employees in the U.S. who have
completed 90 days of service and are age 21 or older.
Participants may contribute up to 50% of their annual salary up
to the maximum amount allowed by statute. As defined in the plan
agreement, the Company may make matching contributions in such
amount, if any, up to a maximum of 6% of individual
employees annual compensation. The Company, in its sole
discretion, determines the matching contribution made from year
to year. To receive matching contributions, the employee must be
employed on the last day of the fiscal year. For the years ended
May 29, 2010, May 30, 2009 and May 31, 2008, the
Company contributed approximately $4.1 million,
$5.3 million and $3.3 million, respectively, to the
plan as Company matching contributions.
|
|
13.
|
Supplemental
Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
|
Additional information regarding cash flows is as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
May 30,
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
9,724
|
|
|
$
|
35,105
|
|
|
$
|
50,267
|
|
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Sitrick Brincko Group (2010), Kompetensslussen
(2009), Limbus (2009) and Compliance Solutions (2008):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
$
|
16,137
|
|
|
$
|
1,260
|
|
|
$
|
2,152
|
|
Liability for contingent consideration
|
|
$
|
59,292
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
68
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
14.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Lease
Commitments and Purchase Obligations
At May 29, 2010, the Company had operating leases,
primarily for office premises, expiring at various dates through
March, 2019. At May 29, 2010, the Company had no capital
leases. Future minimum rental commitments under operating leases
and other known purchase obligations are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
Years Ending:
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
Obligations
|
|
|
May 28, 2011
|
|
$
|
11,170
|
|
|
$
|
979
|
|
May 26, 2012
|
|
|
7,709
|
|
|
|
511
|
|
May 25, 2013
|
|
|
6,456
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
May 31, 2014
|
|
|
4,689
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
May 30, 2015
|
|
|
3,897
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
42,921
|
|
|
$
|
1,661
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense for the years ended May 29, 2010, May 30,
2009 and May 31, 2008 totaled $16.5 million,
$15.6 million and $15.0 million, respectively. Rent
expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of
the lease, including during any rent holiday periods.
The Company also leases to independent third parties
approximately 20,800 square feet of the approximately
56,800 square foot corporate headquarters building located
in Irvine, California. The Company has operating lease
agreements with independent third parties expiring through
October 2014. Under the terms of these operating lease
agreements, rental income from such third party leases is
expected to be $623,000, $524,000, $401,000, $257,000 and
$85,000 in fiscal 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.
Employment
Agreements
The Company entered into an amended and restated employment
agreement in June 2008 with its chief executive officer, Donald
Murray. This agreement expired on March 31, 2010 but
automatically renews for additional one-year periods unless the
Company or Mr. Murray provides the other party written
notice within 60 days of the then-current expiration date
that the agreement will not be extended. The employment
agreement provides Mr. Murray with a specified severance
amount depending on whether his separation from the Company is
with or without good cause as defined in the agreement. The
Company also has employment agreements with certain key members
of management, the respective terms of which extend through
2011. These agreements provide those employees with a specified
severance amount depending on whether the employee is terminated
with or without good cause as defined in the applicable
agreement.
Legal
Proceedings
Certain claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of
business have been filed or are pending against the Company. In
the opinion of management, all such matters if disposed of
unfavorably would not have a material adverse effect on the
Companys financial position, cash flows or results of
operations.
|
|
15.
|
Stock
Based Compensation Plans
|
2004
Performance Incentive Plan
On October 15, 2004, the Companys stockholders
approved the Resources Connection, Inc. 2004 Performance
Incentive Plan (the Plan). This Plan replaced the
Companys 1999 Long Term Incentive Plan (the Prior
69
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Plan). Under the terms of the Plan, the Companys
board of directors or one or more committees appointed by the
board of directors will administer the Plan. The board of
directors has delegated general administrative authority for the
Plan to the Compensation Committee of the board of directors.
The administrator of the Plan has broad authority under the Plan
to, among other things, select participants and determine the
type(s) of award(s) that they are to receive, and determine the
number of shares that are to be subject to awards and the terms
and conditions of awards, including the price (if any) to be
paid for the shares or the award.
Persons eligible to receive awards under the Plan include
officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries,
directors of the Company, and certain consultants and advisors
to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
The maximum number of shares of the Companys common stock
that may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards under the
Plan equals the sum of: (1) 7,500,000 shares (after
giving effect to the Companys
two-for-one
stock split in March 2005 and the amendments to the Plan
approved by stockholders at the Companys 2008 and 2006
annual meetings of stockholders), plus (2) the number of
shares available for award grant purposes under the Prior Plan
as of October 15, 2004, plus (3) the number of any
shares subject to stock options granted under the Prior Plan and
outstanding as of October 15, 2004 which expire, or for any
reason are cancelled or terminated, after that date without
being exercised. As of May 29, 2010, 1,951,000 shares
were available for award grant purposes under the Plan, subject
to future increases as described in (3) above and subject
to increase as then-outstanding awards expire or terminate
without having become vested or exercised, as applicable.
The types of awards that may be granted under the Plan include
stock options, restricted stock, stock bonuses, performance
stock, stock units, phantom stock and other forms of awards
granted or denominated in the Companys common stock or
units of the Companys common stock, as well as certain
cash bonus awards. Under the terms of the Plan, the option price
for the incentive stock options (ISO) and
nonqualified stock options (NQSO) may not be less
than the fair market value of the shares of the Companys
stock on the date of the grant. For ISOs, the exercise price per
share may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a
share of common stock on the grant date for any individual
possessing more than 10% of the total outstanding stock of the
Company. Stock options granted under the Plan and the Prior Plan
generally become exercisable over periods of one to four years
and expire not more than ten years from the date of grant. The
Company predominantly grants NQSOs to employees in the
U.S. The Company granted 5,479 and 5,137 shares of
restricted stock during the fiscal years ended May 29, 2010
and May 30, 2009, respectively.
70
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
A summary of the share-based award activity under the Plan and
the Prior Plan follows (amounts in thousands except weighted
average exercise price):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
|
Share-Based
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Available
|
|
|
Under
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
for Grant
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Options outstanding at May 26, 2007
|
|
|
1,494
|
|
|
|
9,186
|
|
|
$
|
20.88
|
|
Granted, at fair market value
|
|
|
(1,264
|
)
|
|
|
1,264
|
|
|
$
|
20.14
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,168
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.42
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
|
(810
|
)
|
|
$
|
26.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at May 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
8,472
|
|
|
$
|
21.41
|
|
Granted, at fair market value
|
|
|
(1,577
|
)
|
|
|
1,577
|
|
|
$
|
15.82
|
|
Restricted Stock(1)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional options available for grant
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(629
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.17
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
|
(907
|
)
|
|
$
|
25.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at May 30, 2009
|
|
|
2,357
|
|
|
|
8,513
|
|
|
$
|
20.63
|
|
Granted, at fair market value
|
|
|
(1,091
|
)
|
|
|
1,091
|
|
|
$
|
18.10
|
|
Restricted Stock(1)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
$
|
10.80
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
699
|
|
|
|
(699
|
)
|
|
$
|
24.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at May 29, 2010
|
|
|
1,951
|
|
|
|
8,486
|
|
|
$
|
20.51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts represent restricted shares granted. Share-based awards
available for grant are reduced by 2.5 shares for each
share awarded as stock grants from the 2004 Plan. |
The following table summarizes options outstanding as of
May 29, 2010 and related weighted average exercise price
and life information (number of options outstanding and
intrinsic value in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Life
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
Price
|
|
(Years)
|
|
Value
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
8,486
|
|
|
$
|
20.51
|
|
|
|
6.26
|
|
|
$
|
7,487
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
5,904
|
|
|
$
|
21.19
|
|
|
|
5.18
|
|
|
$
|
6,345
|
|
The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents
the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Companys
closing stock price of $16.14 as of May 28, 2010 (the last
actual trading day of fiscal 2010), which would have been
received by the option holders had all option holders exercised
their options as of that date.
The total pre-tax intrinsic value related to stock options
exercised during the years ended May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009 was $3.2 million and $4.8 million,
respectively. The total estimated fair value of stock options
that vested during the years ended May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009 was $15.7 million and $16.4 million,
respectively.
71
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
The Companys Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(ESPP) allows qualified employees (as defined in the
ESPP) to purchase designated shares of the Companys common
stock at a price equal to 85% of the lesser of the fair market
value of common stock at the beginning or end of each
semi-annual stock purchase period. A total of
4,400,000 shares of common stock may be issued under the
ESPP. The Company issued 370,000, 545,000 and
405,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the ESPP for the
years ended May 29, 2010, May 30, 2009 and
May 31, 2008, respectively. There are 1,992,000 shares
of common stock available for issuance under the ESPP as of
May 29, 2010.
Valuation
and Expense Information for Stock Based Compensation
Plans
The following table summarizes the impact of the Companys
stock-based compensation plans (in thousands, except per share
amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(15,493
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,790
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,386
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
(11,261
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,479
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,726
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.29
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.37
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average estimated fair value per share of employee
stock options granted during the years ended May 29, 2010,
May 30, 2009 and May 31, 2008 was $7.87, $6.64 and
$8.20, respectively, using the Black-Scholes model with the
following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
May 29, 2010
|
|
May 30, 2009
|
|
May 31, 2008
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
42.5% - 45.0%
|
|
40.6% - 43.6%
|
|
39.9%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
2.2% - 3.2%
|
|
1.7% - 3.6%
|
|
2.6% - 4.9%
|
Expected dividends
|
|
0.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
Expected life
|
|
5.1 - 6.9 years
|
|
5.1 - 6.7 years
|
|
5.2 years
|
As of May 29, 2010, there was $18.4 million of total
unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested employee
stock options granted. That cost is expected to be recognized
over a weighted-average period of 31 months. Stock-based
compensation expense included in selling, general and
administrative expenses for the years ended May 29, 2010,
May 30, 2009 and May 31, 2008 was $15.5 million,
$17.8 million and $22.4 million, respectively; this
consisted of stock-based compensation expense related to
employee stock options, employee stock purchases made via the
Companys Employee Stock Purchase Plan and issuances of
restricted stock. The Company granted 5,479, 5,137 and 0 shares
of restricted stock for the years ended May 29, 2010,
May 30, 2009 and May 31, 2008. Stock-based
compensation expense for restricted shares for the year ended
May 29, 2010 was $194,000. There were 10,354 unvested
restricted shares, with approximately $89,000 of total
unrecognized compensation cost.
Excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation expense
are recognized as an increase to additional paid-in capital and
tax shortfalls are recognized as income tax expense unless there
are excess tax benefits from previous equity awards to which it
can be offset. On the adoption date of the required accounting
for stock-based compensation expense, the Company calculated the
amount of eligible excess tax benefits available to offset
future tax shortfalls in accordance with the long-form method.
72
RESOURCES
CONNECTION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company recognizes compensation expense for only the portion
of stock options and restricted stock units that are expected to
vest, rather than recording forfeitures when they occur. If the
actual number of forfeitures differs from that estimated by
management, additional adjustments to compensation expense may
be required in future periods.
The Company reflects, in its Statements of Cash Flows, the tax
savings resulting from tax deductions in excess of expense
recognized in its Statements of Operations as a financing cash
flow, which will impact the Companys future reported cash
flows from operating activities.
|
|
16.
|
Segment
Information and Enterprise Reporting
|
No single customer accounted for more than 4%, 3% and 3% of
revenue for the years ended May 29, 2010, May 30, 2009
and May 31, 2008, respectively.
The Company discloses information regarding operations outside
of the U.S. The Company operates as one segment. The
accounting policies for the domestic and international
operations are the same as those described in
Note 2-Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
Summarized information regarding the Companys domestic and
international operations is shown in the following table.
Amounts are stated in thousands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue for the Years Ended
|
|
|
Long-Lived Assets as of(1)
|
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
May 31,
|
|
|
May 29,
|
|
|
May 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
373,617
|
|
|
$
|
488,392
|
|
|
$
|
612,427
|
|
|
$
|
184,524
|
|
|
$
|
115,458
|
|
The Netherlands
|
|
|
40,674
|
|
|
|
76,889
|
|
|
|
84,601
|
|
|
|
25,615
|
|
|
|
31,129
|
|
Other
|
|
|
84,707
|
|
|
|
120,295
|
|
|
|
143,257
|
|
|
|
4,272
|
|
|
|
5,690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
498,998
|
|
|
$
|
685,576
|
|
|
$
|
840,285
|
|
|
$
|
214,411
|
|
|
$
|
152,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Long-lived assets are comprised of goodwill, intangible assets,
building and land, computers, equipment and software and
furniture and leasehold improvements. |
On July 20, 2010, the Companys board of directors
announced that it had authorized the establishment of a regular
quarterly dividend of $0.04 per share, payable on
September 15, 2010 to shareholders of record at the close
of business on August 18, 2010. The estimated cash required
for the dividend payment, based upon shares outstanding on
July 19, 2010 is approximately $1.9 million.
73
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
|
None.
|
|
ITEM 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Evaluation
of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As required by SEC
Rule 13a-15(b)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act), the Company carried out an
evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of
the Companys management, including the Companys
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the
effectiveness of the design and operation of the Companys
disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Exchange Act) as of May 29, 2010. Based on this
evaluation, the Companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer concluded that the Companys disclosure
controls and procedures were effective as of May 29, 2010.
Managements
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term
is defined in Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(f).
We maintain internal control over financial reporting designed
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of management,
including the Companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting
based on the framework in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. This evaluation
included an assessment of the design of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting and testing of the
operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial
reporting. Based on this evaluation, management has concluded
that the Companys internal control over financial
reporting was effective as of May 29, 2010.
The Companys independent registered public accounting
firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has issued an attestation
report on the Companys internal control over financial
reporting, which appears on page 48.
On November 20, 2009, we completed the acquisition of
Sitrick Brincko Group and, as permitted by SEC guidance, we
excluded this entity from our assessment of internal control
over financial reporting as of May 29, 2010. Sitrick
Brincko Groups total assets and total revenues of
approximately $5.4 million and $13.6 million,
respectively, are included in our consolidated financial
statements as of and for the year ended May 29, 2010.
Changes
in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in the Companys internal control
over financial reporting, during the fiscal quarter ended
May 29, 2010, that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys
internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
ITEM 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION.
|
None.
74
PART III
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
|
Executive
Officers and Directors
Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct
and ethics that applies to our chief executive officer and other
senior executives, including our chief financial officer and
principal accounting officer and persons performing similar
functions, as required by the SEC. The full text of our code of
business conduct and ethics can be found on the investor
relations page of our website at www.resourcesglobal.com. We
intend to satisfy the Securities and Exchange Commission
disclosure requirements regarding an amendment to, or a waiver
from, a provision of our code of ethics that applies to our
chief executive officer and other senior executives, including
our chief financial officer and principal accounting officer, or
persons performing similar functions, by posting such
information on the investor relations page of our website at
www.resourcesglobal.com.
Reference is made to the information regarding directors
appearing in Section II under the caption ELECTION OF
DIRECTORS, and to the information in Section III
under the captions EXECUTIVE OFFICERS,
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING
COMPLIANCE, DIRECTOR MEETINGS AND COMMITTEES
and DIRECTOR MEETINGS AND COMMITTEES AUDIT
COMMITTEE, in each case in the Companys proxy
statement related to its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders,
which information is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION.
|
The information appearing in Section III under the captions
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, COMPENSATION
COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION, and
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION FISCAL 2010, in
each case, in the Companys proxy statement related to its
2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
|
The information appearing in Section III under the caption
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT in the proxy statement related to the
Companys 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is
incorporated herein by reference.
There are no arrangements, known to the Company, which might at
a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.
The following table sets forth, for the Companys
compensation plans under which equity securities of the Company
are authorized for issuance, the number of shares of the
Companys common stock subject to outstanding options,
warrants, and rights, the weighted-average exercise price of
outstanding options, warrants, and rights, and the number of
shares remaining available for future award grants as of
May 29, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
|
Remaining Available for
|
|
|
to Be Issued Upon
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
Future Issuance Under
|
|
|
Exercise of Outstanding
|
|
Exercise Price of
|
|
Equity Compensation Plans
|
|
|
Options, Warrants
|
|
Outstanding Options,
|
|
(Excluding Securities
|
|
|
and Rights
|
|
Warrants and Rights
|
|
Reflected in Column (a))
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
(b)
|
|
(c)
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
|
|
|
8,486,414
|
|
|
$
|
20.51
|
|
|
|
3,943,251
|
(1)
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8,486,414
|
|
|
$
|
20.51
|
|
|
|
3,943,251
|
|
75
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consists of 1,992,000 shares available for issuance under
the Companys Employee Stock Purchase Plan and
1,951,251 shares available for issuance under the
Companys 2004 Performance Incentive Plan. Shares available
under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan generally may be used
for any type of award authorized under that plan including stock
options, restricted stock, stock bonuses, performance stock,
stock units, phantom stock and other forms of awards granted or
denominated in the Companys common stock. |
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE.
|
The information appearing in Section III under the captions
DIRECTOR MEETINGS AND COMMITTEES DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE and TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED
PERSONS in the proxy statement related to the
Companys 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.
|
The information appearing in Section III under the caption
DIRECTOR MEETINGS AND COMMITTEES FEES in
the proxy statement related to the Companys 2010 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
|
(a) 1. Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements of the Company
and its subsidiaries are included in Item 8 of this report:
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of May 29, 2010 and
May 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three
years in the period ended May 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity and
Comprehensive Income (Loss) for each of the three years in the
period ended May 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three
years in the period ended May 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
2. Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule II-Valuation
and Qualifying Accounts are included in Note 2 and 6
to the Registrants Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Schedules I, III, IV and V have been omitted as they
are not applicable.
3. Exhibits.
76
EXHIBITS TO
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of Document
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of
October 29, 2009, by and among Resources Connection, Inc.,
Sitrick And Company, Michael S. Sitrick, Brincko Associates,
Inc., and John P. Brincko (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 of Resources Connection Inc.s Current
Report on
Form 8-K,
filed on October 29, 2009).
|
|
2
|
.2
|
|
Goodwill Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2009,
by and between Resources Connection, Inc. and Michael S. Sitrick
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of Resources
Connection, Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed on October 29, 2009).
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Resources
Connection, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
to the Registrants Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended November 30, 2004).
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrants Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Stockholders Agreement, dated December 11, 2000, between
Resources Connection, Inc. and certain stockholders of Resources
Connection, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2
to the Registrants Amendment No. 7 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed on December 12, 2000 (File
No. 333-45000)).
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrants Amendment No. 7
to the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed on December 12, 2000 (File
No. 333-45000)).
|
|
4
|
.3
|
|
Rights Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2002, between
Resources Connection, Inc. and American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form 8-A
filed on May 29, 2002)
|
|
4
|
.4
|
|
Certificate of Designations of Junior Participating Preferred
Stock of Resources Connection, Inc., dated as of May 24,
2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrants
Form 8-K
filing of May 29, 2002).
|
|
10
|
.1+
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed on September 1, 2000 (File
No. 333-45000)).
|
|
10
|
.2+
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed on September 1, 2000 (File
No. 333-45000)).
|
|
10
|
.3+
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(incorporated by reference to Annex B to the Companys
Proxy Statement filed with the SEC pursuant to
Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act on September 11, 2008
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Lease, dated January 1, 2001, between One Town Center
Associates and Resources Connection LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed on July 17, 2001 (File
No. 333-65272)).
|
|
10
|
.5+
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 1,
2008, between Resources Connection, Inc. and Donald B. Murray
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Registrants
Form 8-K
filing of June 3, 2008).
|
|
10
|
.6+
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. 2004 Performance Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Companys
Proxy Statement filed with the SEC pursuant to
Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act on September 11,
2008.
|
|
10
|
.7+
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. 2004 Performance Incentive Plan
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrants Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended February 28, 2005).
|
|
10
|
.8+
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. 2004 Performance Incentive Plan
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Netherlands) (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrants
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended February 28, 2005).
|
|
10
|
.9+
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. 2004 Performance Incentive Plan
Incentive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrants Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended February 28, 2005).
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of Document
|
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
First Amendment to Lease, dated May 11, 2005, to Lease,
dated January 1, 2001, between One Town Center Associates
and RC Management Group, LLC. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended May 31, 2005).
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Sublease Agreement, dated January 21, 2010, between
OMelveny & Myers LLP and Resources Connection Inc.
DBA Resources Global Professionals.*
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Loan Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, by and among Resources
Connection, Inc., Resources Connection LLC and Bank of America,
N.A.*
|
|
10
|
.13+
|
|
Sample Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filing of July 15, 2005).
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 17, 2008, between
Resources Connection, Inc. and Kate W. Duchene (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filing of July 21, 2008)
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 17, 2008, between
Resources Connection, Inc. and Nathan W. Franke (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filing of July 21, 2008)
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 17, 2008, between
Resources Connection, Inc. and Anthony Cherbak (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filing of July 21, 2008)
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and
each of its directors and executive officers (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrants
Form 10-K
for the year ended May 31, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Severance and General Release Agreement, dated as of
July 22, 2009, by and between Thomas D. Christopoul and
Resources Connection, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on July 23, 2009).
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries.*
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Rule 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.*
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Rule 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.*
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed herewith |
|
+ |
|
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement. |
78
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly
caused this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.
Resources Connection, Inc.
Nathan W. Franke
Chief Financial Officer
Date: July 26, 2010
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Donald
B. Murray
Donald
B. Murray
|
|
Executive Chairman,
Chief Executive Officer, and Director (Principal Executive
Officer)
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Nathan
W. Franke
Nathan
W. Franke
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and
Executive Vice President
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Anthony
Cherbak
Anthony
Cherbak
|
|
Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and Director
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Susan
J. Crawford
Susan
J. Crawford
|
|
Director
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Neil
Dimick
Neil
Dimick
|
|
Director
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert
Kistinger
Robert
Kistinger
|
|
Director
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ A.
Robert Pisano
A.
Robert Pisano
|
|
Director
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Anne
Shih
Anne
Shih
|
|
Director
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jolene
Sykes Sarkis
Jolene
Sykes Sarkis
|
|
Director
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael
H. Wargotz
Michael
H. Wargotz
|
|
Director
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
79
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBITS TO
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of Document
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of
October 29, 2009, by and among Resources Connection, Inc.,
Sitrick And Company, Michael S. Sitrick, Brincko Associates,
Inc., and John P. Brincko (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 of Resources Connection Inc.s Current
Report on
Form 8-K,
filed on October 29, 2009).
|
|
2
|
.2
|
|
Goodwill Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2009,
by and between Resources Connection, Inc. and Michael S. Sitrick
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of Resources
Connection, Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed on October 29, 2009).
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Resources
Connection, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
to the Registrants Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended November 30, 2004).
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrants Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Stockholders Agreement, dated December 11, 2000, between
Resources Connection, Inc. and certain stockholders of Resources
Connection, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2
to the Registrants Amendment No. 7 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed on December 12, 2000 (File
No. 333-45000)).
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrants Amendment No. 7
to the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed on December 12, 2000 (File
No. 333-45000)).
|
|
4
|
.3
|
|
Rights Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2002, between
Resources Connection, Inc. and American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form 8-A
filed on May 29, 2002)
|
|
4
|
.4
|
|
Certificate of Designations of Junior Participating Preferred
Stock of Resources Connection, Inc., dated as of May 24,
2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrants
Form 8-K
filing of May 29, 2002).
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed on September 1, 2000 (File
No. 333-45000)).
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed on September 1, 2000 (File
No. 333-45000)).
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(incorporated by reference to Annex B to the Companys
Proxy Statement filed with the SEC pursuant to
Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act on September 11, 2008
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Lease, dated January 1, 2001, between One Town Center
Associates and Resources Connection LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed on July 17, 2001 (File
No. 333-65272)).
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 1,
2008, between Resources Connection, Inc. and Donald B. Murray
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Registrants
Form 8-K
filing of June 3, 2008).
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. 2004 Performance Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Companys
Proxy Statement filed with the SEC pursuant to
Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act on September 11,
2008.
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. 2004 Performance Incentive Plan
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrants Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended February 28, 2005).
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. 2004 Performance Incentive Plan
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Netherlands) (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrants
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended February 28, 2005).
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. 2004 Performance Incentive Plan
Incentive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrants Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended February 28, 2005).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of Document
|
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
First Amendment to Lease, dated May 11, 2005, to Lease,
dated January 1, 2001, between One Town Center Associates
and RC Management Group, LLC. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended May 31, 2005).
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Sublease Agreement, dated January 21, 2010, between
OMelveny & Myers LLP and Resources Connection Inc.
DBA Resources Global Professionals.*
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Loan Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, by and among Resources
Connection, Inc., Resources Connection LLC and Bank of America,
N.A.*
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Sample Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filing of July 15, 2005).
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 17, 2008, between
Resources Connection, Inc. and Kate W. Duchene (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filing of July 21, 2008)
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 17, 2008, between
Resources Connection, Inc. and Nathan W. Franke (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filing of July 21, 2008)
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 17, 2008, between
Resources Connection, Inc. and Anthony Cherbak (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrants
Form 8-K
filing of July 21, 2008)
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and
each of its directors and executive officers (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrants
Form 10-K
for the year ended May 31, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Severance and General Release Agreement, dated as of
July 22, 2009, by and between Thomas D. Christopoul and
Resources Connection, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on July 23, 2009).
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries.*
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Rule 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.*
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Rule 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.*
|
exv10w11
Exhibit 10.11
TIMES SQUARE TOWER FORM
SUBLEASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
OMELVENY & MYERS LLP
AND
RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
dba RESOURCES GLOBAL PROFESSIONALS
SUBLEASE AGREEMENT
THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this Sublease) is dated as of January 21, 2010 for reference
purposes only, by and between OMELVENY & MYERS LLP, a California limited liability partnership
(Sublandlord) and RESOURCES CONNECTION INC., a Delaware corporation, dba RESOURCES GLOBAL
PROFESSIONALS (Subtenant) for premises at 7 Times Square Tower, New York, New York 10036 (the
Building).
RECITALS
A. No. 1 Times Square Development LLC (Landlord) and Sublandlord, as
tenant entered into a certain Lease dated January 28, 2003, regarding the leasing of space in
the
Building. The Lease, as amended by six subsequent amendments (described in Exhibit A),
is
referred to herein as the Master Lease, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit
A.
B. Sublandlord desires to sublease to Subtenant and Subtenant desires to
sublease from Sublandlord the entire premises located on the 26th floor of the
Building on the
terms and conditions hereinafter provided.
C. Sublandlord and Subtenant are submitting this Sublease to Landlord for its
consent pursuant to that certain Consent to Sublease Agreement (the Consent) substantially
in
the form attached as Exhibit C. Upon the execution of the Consent by all parties, the
terms of
the Consent shall be incorporated in this Sublease by this reference.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and
for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
Sublandlord and Subtenant agree as follows:
1. SUBLEASED PREMISES
Sublandlord hereby leases to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby leases from Sublandlord,
approximately 27,488 rentable square feet of space, being the entirety of the 26th floor
of the Building (the Subleased Premises) as more particularly described on Exhibit B
attached hereto. The square footage set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be
conclusive for purposes of this Sublease and shall not be subject to adjustment and/or
remeasurement.
2. MASTER LEASE
2.1 Incorporation of Master Lease
This Sublease is subject to and subordinate to the Master Lease, except as otherwise set forth
in Section 15 below. All of the covenants, agreements, terms, conditions and provisions of
the Master Lease relating to or applicable to the tenant under the Master Lease, but only insofar
as such terms, conditions and provisions relate to the Subleased Premises and any related uses or
occupancy of the Building, are incorporated herein and made a part hereof with the same force and
effect as if set forth at length herein, it being understood and agreed that said provisions shall
fix the rights and obligations of Subtenant with the same effect as if Subtenant were the tenant
named in the Master Lease, except that (i) any reference to the Landlord in the Master Lease
1
shall mean Landlord and Sublandlord, (ii) any reference
in the Master Lease to Tenant shall mean
Subtenant, and (iii) provisions of the Master Lease not applicable to the 26th Floor and
the Subleased Premises, or the use thereof or related uses of the Building, or specifically
overridden by this Sublease, shall not be incorporated into or applicable to this Sublease. As an
example, Subtenants liability for the payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be limited to
amounts set forth in this Sublease. Similarly, the Annual HVAC Special Charge referred to in
Section 1.1(b) of the Master Lease shall not apply to Subtenant. Subtenant agrees that Sublandlord
shall have all of the rights and remedies of Landlord under the Master Lease relating to the
Subleased Premises with respect to Subtenant as if such rights and remedies were fully set forth
herein. As between Sublandlord and Subtenant, (x) the last sentence of Section 36.1(a) and the
limitations on liability in the last sentence of Section 36.1(c) of the Master Lease shall be
disregarded, it being the intent of the parties that recourse against Sublandlord not be limited by
such two sentences, and (y) in the event of a conflict between the terms of the Master Lease and
the terms of this Sublease, the terms of this Sublease will control. The rights of Subtenant to use
and occupy the Subleased Premises shall be as set forth in this Sublease and shall in no event
include or be deemed to include any right on the part of Sublandlord to renew, extend, expand,
exercise a right of first refusal or first offer, exercise full or partial termination rights, or
hold over, unless such right is specifically conferred on Subtenant hereunder. In all provisions of
the Master Lease requiring the approval or consent of Landlord, Subtenant shall be required to
obtain the approval or consent of Sublandlord hereunder except as otherwise provided herein (which
shall be given or withheld in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Sublease), and of
Landlord. Sublandlord represents that the Master Lease is the only agreement existing among
Landlord and Sublandlord with respect to the Subleased Premises and that Subtenant shall have no
obligations except as provided in this Sublease and in the Master Lease.
2.2 Sublandlords Limited Obligations
Subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 2.2, (i) Sublandlord shall observe and
perform for the benefit of Subtenant, the terms of the Master Lease which are necessary and
required to give Subtenant the benefits and rights provided by this Sublease; provided that any
actions, omissions or defaults by Subtenant which impair or prevent Sublandlords performance of
this commitment, shall reduce Sublandlords obligations accordingly hereunder, (ii) so long as
Subtenant is not in default hereunder beyond applicable notice, cure and/or grace periods,
Sublandlord shall not take any action that would trigger any recapture or underletting right of
Landlord with respect to the Subleased Premises; and (iii) to the extent not inconsistent with the
agreements or understandings expressed in this Sublease or applicable only to the original parties
to the Master Lease, the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of the Master Lease are hereby
incorporated herein by reference and the term Landlord as used in the Master Lease shall refer to
Sublandlord hereunder, it successors and assigns. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Sublease to the contrary, including, but not limited to Section 2.1 above, Sublandlord
shall have no liability by reason of: (i) any default of Landlord under the Master Lease, or (ii)
any failure of Landlord to comply with its obligations under the Master Lease except as expressly
provided herein. If Sublandlord shall fail to fulfill any obligation of Sublandlord hereunder and
if such failure is caused by the failure of Landlord to comply with its obligations under the
Master Lease or arising by operation of law, Sublandlord shall have no obligation or liability by
reason of such failure, this Sublease will remain in full force and effect and Subtenant will
continue to pay Rent without any abatement,
2
deduction or offset, except that if rent is abated under the Master Lease in respect of the
Subleased Premises, then Rent under this Sublease shall be proportionately abated. Subtenant shall
be subrogated to the rights of Sublandlord to enforce the obligations of Landlord under the Master
Lease insofar as such obligations relate to the Subleased Premises and such subrogation is not
otherwise prohibited; and if such subrogation is prohibited, then at Subtenants written request
Sublandlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the obligations of Landlord under
the Master Lease as applicable to the Subleased Premises with reasonable attention to limiting the
duration and effect thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentences, (or
Sublandlords obligation to take commercially reasonable measures as directed by Subtenant).
Subtenant understands that the supplying of heat, light, water, air conditioning, electricity and
other utilities, janitorial, cleaning, window washing and elevator services, the provision of any
other services, the construction or replacement of any improvements, and building maintenance and
repair are the obligations of Landlord (except as provided herein), and that Sublandlord has no
control with respect to the same, shall have no responsibility in connection therewith (except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Sublease), and shall not be liable in any way with respect to
the failure of or interference with any of such services or facilities. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to pursue rent abatement rights under the
Master Lease that may pertain to the Subleased Premises, at Subtenants written direction. If, in
accordance with Subtenants written request, Sublandlord shall commence any proceeding or take any
other action to enforce the obligations of Landlord insofar as such obligations relate to the
Subleased Premises, or if Subtenant takes any such action pursuant to this Section 2.2,
Subtenant agrees to indemnify, defend (with legal counsel acceptable to Sublandlord), and hold
harmless Sublandlord from and against any liabilities, costs or expenses (including attorneys
fees) which Sublandlord may incur in connection therewith or by reason thereof (excluding any such
amounts directly arising from Sublandlords gross negligence or willful misconduct); provided that
in no event shall Sublandlord be obligated to institute any cause of action or other proceedings
with respect to the Master Lease. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this
Section 2.2 and the terms of Section 2.1 above, the terms of this Section
2.2 shall prevail. Sublandlord shall pay all rent as and when due under the Master Lease and
shall pay any late charges or interest due under the Master Lease arising out of any late payments
of rent under the Master Lease, provided such late charges or interest are actually paid by
Sublandlord to Landlord. Sublandlord further represents that (i) the Master Lease is in full force
and effect and that Sublandlord is not in default thereunder and (ii) a true, correct and (except
for the strikeouts as set forth in the redacted version of the Master Lease attached as Exhibit A)
complete copy of the Master Lease is attached as Exhibit A.
2.3 Adherence To Master Lease
Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, Subtenant hereby covenants and agrees (a) to
perform and observe all of the agreements, covenants, terms, conditions and provisions of the
Master Lease with respect to the Subleased Premises (and the Building and common areas, to the
extent applicable) to the extent that the same are not modified or amended by this Sublease, (b) to
recognize and to accept all of Sublandlords rights and remedies with respect to the Subleased
Premises and the Building as set forth in the Master Lease and the limitations of Sublandlords
obligations with respect thereto as set forth in Section 2.2 above, (c) that it shall not
do or suffer or permit anything to be done which would constitute a default under the Master Lease
with respect to the Subleased Premises (and the Building and common areas, to
3
the extent applicable) (including, without limitation, any act or omission which with the passage
of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under the Master Lease), and
(d) that notwithstanding any other provision of this Sublease to the contrary, any act or omission
which would constitute a default under the Master Lease with respect to the Subleased Premises
(including, without limitation, any act or omission which with the passage of time or the giving of
notice, or both, would constitute a default under the Master Lease with respect to the Subleased
Premises) shall constitute a default hereunder.
2.4 HVAC
If Subtenant desires to utilize HVAC outside of the standard HVAC hours described in the
Master Lease, Subtenant shall notify Landlord directly of such request in accordance with the terms
and provisions of the Master Lease. Subtenant shall pay for such after-hours HVAC service at the
rate that Landlord charges for such service in accordance with the Master Lease. Sublandlord will
endeavor to establish a direct billing relationship between Landlord and Subtenant with respect to
after-hours HVAC services. If Master Landlord bills Subtenant directly for such after-hours HVAC,
Subtenant shall pay such bill to Master Landlord in accordance with the terms and provisions of the
Master Lease. As a matter of information, Building HVAC hours are currently 8:00 am through 8:00
pm, Monday Friday; however, the foregoing hours are not being guaranteed by Sublandlord.
2.5 ELECTRICAL
Electricity shall be provided to the Subleased Premises by way of direct meter, the cost of
which shall be borne by Subtenant. Section 10.2 of the Master Lease covers the provision of
electricity and Subtenant shall pay all of such charges directly to the Electricity Provider (as
defined in the Master Lease).
3. TERM
3.1 Initial Term
The term of this Sublease (the Term) shall commence on April 15, 2010 (the Commencement
Date) upon delivery to Subtenant of the Subleased Premises no later than such date, vacant,
broom-clean, and free of tenancies or occupancies, in accordance with the requirements of Section 7
and subject to the requirements of Section 5. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall confirm the
Commencement Date and Base Rent dates under Section 4.3(a) in writing upon Sublandlords delivery
of the Subleased Premises in accordance with this Section 3 (Commencement Date Notice). Except as
specifically provided in this Sublease, there are no conditions to Subtenants obligation to accept
the Premises in their AS IS condition on the Commencement Date. The Term shall expire as to the
entirety of the Subleased Premises at 5:00 p.m. on March 31, 2019, unless sooner terminated under
Article 13.
3.2 Renewal Option
Upon written notice to Sublandlord delivered on or before March 31, 2018 (but no earlier
than January 1, 2018) (Sublease Extension Notice), Subtenant shall have
4
the right to extend the Term through the remainder of the Master Lease term. The foregoing
option, however, shall be subordinate to Sublandlords right to recapture the Subleased premises
(Sublandlords Recapture) for its own use or interest, which use or interest shall include,
without limitation, occupancy by Sublandlord or early termination of the Master Lease with respect
to the Subleased Premises. Within 60 days following receipt of the Sublease Extension Notice,
Sublandlord shall advise Subtenant in writing of its exercise or waiver of Sublandlords Recapture,
which Recapture would be effective on April 1, 2019. Sublandlords failure to give such notice
shall be deemed Sublandlords exercise of Sublandlords Recapture. If Sublandlords Recapture is
waived, then the rent for the renewal term shall be determined in accordance with Sections 33.2
(a-c), 33.3 and 33.4 of the Master Lease. In order to exercise the foregoing option, Subtenant must
satisfy the conditions in Section 33.1(b)(i) and (ii) of the Master Lease.
4. RENT
4.1 Definitions
For purposes of this Sublease, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth
below:
(a) Additional Rent shall mean the sums payable pursuant to Section 4.4
below.
(b) Base Rent shall mean the sums payable pursuant to Section 4.3 below.
(c) Rent shall mean, collectively, Base Rent, Additional Rent and Other
charges.
4.2 Rent Payments
Subject to the rent abatement provided in Section 4.6 below,
commencing on the Commencement Date, Base Rent shall be payable to Sublandlord in advance in equal
monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month during the Term without any offset or
deduction whatsoever, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Sublease. All Rent shall be
payable in lawful money of the United States, by regular bank check of Subtenant or by automatic
deposit, to Sublandlord at the address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other
places as Sublandlord may designate in writing. Base Rent for the first and last calendar months
for which Rent is payable hereunder, if less than a full month, shall be prorated on the basis of
the actual number of days in the month.
4.3 Base Rent
(a) Base Rent for the Subleased Premises shall be as set forth below
(collectively, Base Rent):
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Months |
|
Base Rent/RSF/YR |
|
Base Rent/Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commencement
Date - 1/31/2015 |
|
$ |
58 |
|
|
$ |
132,858.67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2/1/2015 - 3/31/2019 |
|
$ |
63 |
|
|
$ |
144,312.00 |
|
The specific dates shall be specified in the Commencement Date Notice delivered under Section
3 hereof.
(b) For purposes of the calculation of Additional Rent described in Section 4.4 below and
with reference to Article 7 of the Master Lease and the Third Amendment to the Master
Lease, [Sub]Tenants Share of Taxes and [Sub]Tenants Share of Operating Expenses on the
Subleased Premises shall be 2.19% and 2.28% respectively. The foregoing percentages have been
calculated by Landlord comparing the Subleased Premises to the Building as a whole.
4.4 Additional Rent
Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Additional Rent its share (as set forth in Section
Section 4.3(b) above) of the amount by which (i) amounts payable by Sublandlord to
Landlord pursuant to Article 7 of the Master Lease in respect of Taxes and Operating Expenses,
exceed (ii) applicable amounts for each such category payable by Sublandlord to Landlord under
Article 7 of the Master Lease for the calendar year ending December 31, 2010, with such payments to
commence January 1, 2011. Subtenant understands that the term Taxes includes Payment in Lieu of
Taxes known as PILOT. Subtenant shall also pay (x) the share of BID Taxes applicable to the
Subleased Premises and (y) any Theater Surcharge or Percentage Rent as applicable to the
26th floor under the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall invoice Subtenant periodically for
such Additional Rent, which invoices will be based upon Landlords calculation or estimate of such
charges in the applicable year (EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW), and Subtenant shall pay such Additional
Rent to Sublandlord within 30 days after Subtenants receipt of an invoice therefor. Such
Additional Rent, together with any and all other amounts payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord
pursuant to the terms of this Sublease, shall be hereinafter referred to as the Additional Rent.
Additional Rent charges shall also be subject to annual reconciliation as determined by Landlord
under the Master Lease, and Subtenant understands that such Reconciliation for the final year of
the Sublease may not be available until after the expiration of the Term. Subtenant shall promptly
pay to Sublandlord any underpayment identified by the post-Term Reconciliation and Sublandlord
shall promptly refund to Subtenant any overpayment identified by the post-Term Reconciliation, even
if the applicable Reconciliation occurs after the expiration of the Term. The foregoing obligation
shall survive the termination of this Sublease. It is the intent of the parties with respect to
Additional Rent, that Sublandlord shall not profit from the pass through, but shall rather
reconcile all pass throughs on an annual basis based on the Reconciliation which Sublandlord is
provided by Landlord under the Master Lease. Upon written request from Subtenant from time to time,
Sublandlord shall provide any applicable documentation delivered by Landlord to Sublandlord, which
evidences such Additional Rent.
6
4.5 Other Charges
If, pursuant to any provisions of the Master Lease or this Sublease, any payments for any
other rent under the Master Lease or for services or other charges allocable in whole or in part to
the Subleased Premises shall be payable because of services ordered by Subtenant, activities
undertaken by or on behalf of Subtenant, Subtenants use or occupancy of the Subleased Premises or
Subtenants default under the Master Lease or hereunder, then Subtenant shall promptly pay to
Sublandlord or Landlord, as appropriate, all such payments or other charges within 30 days of
Subtenants receipt of an invoice therefore. All such charges described in this Section 4.5
shall be considered Rent hereunder until paid to Landlord
or Sublandlord, as the case may be.
4.6 Rent Abatement
So long as Subtenant is not in default hereunder following applicable notice, cure and/or
grace periods, Sublandlord shall abate the Base Rent for the month of June in each of the years
2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, equal to an aggregate five month period.
4.7 Limited Audit Right
Subtenant shall have no audit rights with respect to any Additional Rent or Other Charges
assessed in this Sublease, except as necessary to confirm that Landlords annual reconciliation
matches what Subtenant actually paid under this Section 4. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Sublandlord shall cooperate with Subtenant in pursuing reasonable limited inquiries of Landlord and
negotiating in good faith to resolve any disputed items.
5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
The effectiveness of this Sublease and each partys obligations hereunder are subject to the
consent of Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease, and Landlords delivery of the Non-Disturbance
Agreement provided for in Section 14.12 of the Master Lease. The provisions of this section are
intended to be an express provision to the contrary within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New
York Real Property Law or any successor legal requirement. Landlords consent to this Sublease is
an express condition to Sublandlord s obligation to deliver the Subleased Premises to Subtenant,
and Sublandlord agrees to use its good faith diligent efforts to obtain such consent from Landlord.
6. USE
The Subleased Premises may be used for the general offices purposes permitted under the Master
Lease.
7. CONDITION OF AND IMPROVEMENTS TO SUBLEASED PREMISES
7.1 Condition
Except as provided in this Section 7, Sublandlord shall deliver the Subleased Premises
to Subtenant in an AS IS/WHERE IS condition. Subtenant agrees to accept
7
possession of the Subleased Premises in its existing condition, without any obligation on the part
of Sublandlord to make any alterations, decorations, installations or improvements not specifically
described in this Section 7. Sublandlord represents that it has not used or disposed of any
hazardous materials (as such term is defined under federal laws) in the Subleased Premises except
in accordance with applicable law.
7.2 Subtenant Improvements
The design and construction of all alterations and improvements in the Subleased Premises made
by Subtenant on or after the Commencement Date shall be undertaken in compliance with Article 4 of
the Master Lease, at Subtenants sole cost and expense. Subtenant shall not make any alterations or
improvements to the Subleased Premises on or after the Commencement Date without the prior written
consent of Landlord and Sublandlord, which consent (subject to the additional limitations below)
shall be given or denied in accordance with the Master Lease; provided that Subtenant shall have an
Alteration Threshold of $50,000 (as such term is defined in Section 4.1 of the Master Lease)
where consent is not required as long as the alterations or improvements are not Material
Alterations; and provided further that any alteration or improvement and the installation thereof
by Subtenant shall comply with all applicable laws and all other applicable terms, conditions and
provisions of the Master Lease. No demising of the Subleased Premises shall be permitted which
requires a separate entrance or which prevents floor wide circulation, nor shall Subtenant alter or
further improve the Subleased Premises in any way that changes the perimeter office configuration
or which relocates or removes any interior walls unless approved by Sublandlord in Subtenants
initial improvement plan (Initial Improvement Plan). The Initial Improvement Plan is attached
hereto as Exhibit H and is approved by Sublandlord. Sublandlord understands that Subtenants recent
corporate acquisition program has necessitated some adjustments to the interior and perimeter
office configuration, and Sublandlord agrees to review changes or subsequent additional detail to
the Initial Improvement Plan with due regard for such requirements and not to unreasonably
withhold, condition or delay its consent to such proposed changes or to the final Initial
Improvement Plan as a whole. Subtenant shall indemnify, defend (with legal counsel reasonably
acceptable to Sublandlord), and hold Sublandlord harmless from all liability, costs and expenses
arising from the design and construction of any such Subtenant alterations and improvements
installed on or after the Commencement Date, including reasonable attorneys fees and court costs.
If required under Section 12 below, Subtenant shall remove such alterations and
improvements and restore the Subleased Premises upon the expiration or termination of this
Sublease.
7.3 Code Work Requirement
Except for Sublandlords Improvements in Section 7.5, if Subtenants
construction of alterations or improvements in the Subleased Premises triggers a requirement for
code related upgrades to or improvements of the Subleased Premises, Sublandlord and Subtenant agree
that Subtenant shall be responsible for the additional cost of such code required upgrade or
improvements to the Subleased Premises.
7.4 Furniture
8
On the Commencement Date, Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with the use of any existing
furniture in the Subleased Premises at no additional cost. Subtenant shall use such furniture in
the ordinary course of business. At the conclusion of the Term, Subtenant shall leave behind all of
such furniture in the Subleased Premises, reasonable wear and tear excepted given the age of the
furniture at that time. Subtenant shall repair and maintain such furniture during the Term in
accordance with reasonable commercial practices. At no time shall any of the furniture be removed
from the Subleased Premises, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall create an itemized list of such
furniture which shall be appended to this Sublease as Exhibit D.
7.5 Sublandlord Improvements
Sublandlord at its cost (not to exceed $100,000) shall contstruct a reception area in
accordance with the plan and specifications attached as Exhibit E hereto. Subtenant shall be
responsible for furnishing, wiring and otherwise improving the reception area at its cost.
7.6 Subtenant Allowance
Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with an improvement allowance of $274,880 for
reimbursement of Subtenants actual construction costs in the Subleased Premises (the SIA) in
connection with the Initial Improvement Plan. The SIA shall also be usable for furniture, equipment
or any soft costs to the extent Subtenants aggregate hard construction cost expenditures are less
than the SIA. The SIA shall be paid by Sublandlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of a request
for reimbursement accompanied by reasonable documentary evidence of the improvements, Subtenants
previous payment in full of the costs, lien free completion, lien releases (if applicable) and any
other materials reasonably required by Sublandlord. In no event shall the SIA be payable (i) if
there is a then existing default (until such default is cured to the reasonable satisfaction of
Sublandlord within the applicable notice, cure, and/or grace periods) or (ii) prior to the later of
Subtenants occupancy of the Subleased Premises or the completion of Subtenants improvements, if
any. If Sublandlord fails to pay the SIA to Subtenant in accordance with this Section 7.6,
Subtenant may offset the deficiency against its Base Rent payment.
9
8. INSURANCE
8.1 Subtenants Insurance
During the Term, Subtenant shall maintain comprehensive general liability insurance, physical
damage insurance, comprehensive automobile insurance, builders all risk insurance, and all other
insurance Landlord and Sublandlord may reasonably require, all in accordance with the terms,
conditions and provisions of the Master Lease. Said initial requirements are set forth in Exhibit
F. Subtenant shall name Sublandlord (and such other entities as are required by Landlord) as an
additional insured on each such insurance policy and shall provide Sublandlord with certificates of
insurance certifying said coverage prior to taking possession of the Subleased Premises.
8.2 Waiver of Claims; Waiver of Subrogation
Whether the loss or damage is due to the negligence of either Sublandlord or Subtenant, their
agents or employees, or any other cause, Sublandlord and Subtenant do each hereby release and
relieve the other, their agents, and their employees from responsibility for, and waive their
entire claim of recovery for, any loss or damage to the real or personal property of either located
anywhere in the Building, to the extent that such loss or damage arises out of or is incident to
the occurrence of any of the perils which are part of the required insurance coverage under the
Master Lease in effect at such time under a then existing insurance policy. Each party shall use
best efforts to cause its insurance carriers to consent to the foregoing waiver of rights of
subrogation against the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such release shall be
effective unless the aforesaid insurance policy or policies shall expressly permit such a release
or contain a waiver of the carriers right to be subrogated. In the event that any insurance
carrier denies its consent to the foregoing waiver of rights of subrogation, the affected party
shall promptly advise the other party hereto.
9. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
In the case of damage to or destruction of the Subleased Premises or other portions of the
Building, the provisions of the Master Lease shall control, so that if the Master Lease is
terminated as to the Subleased Premises, this Sublease shall also concurrently terminate, and if
rent is abated under the Master Lease as to the Subleased Premises, it shall be similarly abated as
to the same area for the same period of time under this Sublease, and Subtenant shall discharge all
liabilities or obligations of Sublandlord under the Master Lease as to the Subleased Premises.
10. SECURITY DEPOSIT
10.1 Initial Security Deposit
Concurrently with Subtenants execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deposit with
Sublandlord a letter of credit in the amount of $1,062,869.33 (the Security Deposit). The letter
of credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Sublandlord in its reasonable discretion. If
such letter of credit is issued for less than the entire Term, it shall be for a term of no less
than one year and shall be renewed at least 60 days prior to its expiration. In the final
10
year of the Term, such letter of credit shall be renewed for a period through two months beyond the
Lease Termination Date. The Security Deposit shall secure the full and complete performance of each
provision of this Sublease to be performed by Subtenant, including, but not limited to, the payment
of Rent and all other sums required to be paid by Subtenant under this Sublease. Except as required
in this Section, Sublandlord shall not be required to pay interest on the Security Deposit or to
keep the Security Deposit separate from Sublandlords own funds. If Subtenant fails to perform any
or all of Subtenants covenants and obligations and has not cured such non-performance within all
applicable notice, cure and or grace periods under this Sublease, Sublandlord may, but without
obligation to do so, draw on any letter of credit to the extent required for the payment of such
non-performance only, and otherwise retain or apply all or any portion of the Security Deposit
toward the fulfillment of Subtenants unperformed covenants and/or obligations. If Sublandlord does
so retain or apply any portion of the Security Deposit, Subtenant shall immediately pay Sublandlord
cash sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the amount prior to such application. Upon the
expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease, after Subtenant vacates and surrenders the
Subleased Premises in accordance with the terms hereof, except to the extent that Subtenant is in
default (and then only to the extent of such default), Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant any
balance of the Security Deposit not applied or retained by Sublandlord and any letter of credit,
and if Subtenant remains in default, then Sublandlord may draw on any letter of credit and
otherwise subtract the amount necessary to cure the default, if any, and return the balance (and
the letter of credit, if applicable) to Subtenant. If the Security Deposit at any time is cash, it
shall be maintained in an interest bearing account and Subtenant shall be entitled to all interest
earned thereon less the deduction for administrative expenses permitted pursuant to Section 7-103
of the General Obligations Law. In the event of an assignment by Sublandlord of its interest in the
Master Lease, Sublandlord shall have the right to transfer the Security Deposit to the assignee,
and Sublandlord shall thereupon be released for the return of the Security Deposit.
10.2 Reduction
As long as Subtenant is not in default hereunder, the Security Deposit shall be reduced in
accordance with the following schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commencement Date
|
|
-
|
|
September 30, 2012
|
|
=
|
|
$ |
1,062,869.33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2012
|
|
-
|
|
September 30, 2014
|
|
=
|
|
$ |
797,152.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2014
|
|
-
|
|
March 31, 2019
|
|
=
|
|
$ |
531,434.69 |
|
Sublandlord, however, must specifically confirm in writing that the scheduled reduction is valid
prior to the actual reduction (i.e., that there is no default or conditions existing which could
lead to a default).
11. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
11.1 Restrictions
Except in strict accordance with the Assignment and Subletting terms of the Master Lease
or the Consent, Subtenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate,
11
encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Sublease or any interest
hereunder, permit any assignment or other such foregoing transfer of this Sublease or any interest
hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Subleased Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use
of the Subleased Premises by any persons other than Subtenant, its employees and invitees. Any such
assignment or sublease shall be subject to the consent of Landlord and Sublandlord under the
standards established in the Master Lease. No partial floor subleases shall be permitted and
Subtenant understands and agrees that only one full floor sublease to an assignee or subtenant
shall be permitted.
Subtenant is specifically referred to a restriction in Section 14.1 of the Master Lease as
follows: In no event shall any permitted subtenant assign or encumber its sublease or further
sublet all or any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit the sublet space or
any part thereof to be used or occupied by others; provided, however, any immediate
direct permitted subtenant of Tenant subleasing at least one (1) full floor of the Premises
(excluding the Lower Floor Space) (an Authorized Subtenant) may sublease all of its
sublet space to an undertenant in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of this
Article 14, including, without limitation, Landlords rights of recapture and underlet in
Section 14.3(b)(2) and (3) with respect to the further subletting, except, for the purposes
of calculating Landlords share of net profits under Section 14.7, Landlords share shall
be equal to fifty percent (50%) of rents, additional charges or other consideration payable to or
for the benefit of the Authorized Subtenant under or by reason of the further sublease which is in
excess of the rents payable by such Authorized Subtenant to Tenant during the term of the further
sublease and shall otherwise be calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section
14.7. Any assignment, sublease, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, underlet, license or transfer in
contravention of the provisions of this Article 14 shall be void and shall constitute a
default hereunder.
11.2 Permitted Transfers
Following reasonable advance written notice and documentation delivered to Sublandlord, or if
by the terms of the transaction or requirement of applicable law, the applicable instrument of
assignment or sub-sublease is not permitted to be disclosed in advance, within ten (10) days after
the effective date, the transfers permitted by Sections 7(b), (c), and (d) of the Consent to
Sublease, shall not require Sublandlords consent, and such transfers shall not be subject to
Sublandlords recapture or profit sharing rights, provided that (i) Subtenant obtains any required
consents from Landlord, (ii) there is no impairment to the Security Deposit, and (iii) such
assignee or subtenant is financially capable of meeting the remaining Sublease obligations.
Sections 14.9(a) (New Entity Transactions) and 14.9(b) (Space Occupants) are expressly not
applicable to this Sublease.
11.3 Profits
After payment to the Landlord of its share of net profits referred to in Section 11.1 above,
any remaining net profits shall be shared equally between Sublandlord and Subtenant, with the
method of calculation as set forth in Article 14 of the Master Lease. Sublandlords calculation
shall be derived from Landlords calculation, the details of which shall be provided to Subtenant.
12
12. NO HOLDOVERS; SURRENDER OF SUBLEASED PREMISES
12.1 Holdover
Upon expiration of the term of this Sublease, whether by lapse of
time or otherwise, Subtenant shall promptly and peacefully surrender the Subleased Premises to
Sublandlord in the condition required under the Master Lease. Subtenant agrees that time shall be
of the essence with respect to Subtenants obligation to surrender possession of the Subleased
Premises to Sublandlord upon the termination of the Term, and further agrees that in the event
Subtenant does not promptly surrender possession of the Subleased Premises to Sublandlord upon such
termination, Sublandlord, in addition to any other rights and remedies Sublandlord may have against
Subtenant for such holding over, the Base Rent shall increased to 150% of the Base Rent specified
for the final month in Section 4.3. Sublandlord shall be entitled to bring summary
proceedings against Subtenant, and Subtenant agrees to reimburse Sublandlord for all Sublandlords
damages sustained by reason of such holding over.
12.2 Restoration
The Subleased Premises shall be surrendered by Subtenant upon the expiration or earlier termination
of the Term in the condition required by the Master Lease and Section 7.2 hereof; provided that
Subtenant shall not be responsible for any such removal or restoration with respect to physical
improvements in existence prior to the Commencement Date. In addition, Sublandlord shall not
require the removal or restoration of anything in the Initial Improvement Plan (or any subsequent
changes or modifications thereto) unless such removal or restoration is required by Landlord
pursuant to the specific terms of the Master Lease (unless Landlord has waived any such removal or
restoration rights in connection with its prior approval of such Initial Improvement Plan, or any
subsequent changes of modifications thereto), or is specifically noted in connection with
Sublandlords approval of the Initial Improvement Plan (or any subsequent changes or modifications
thereto).
13. DEFAULT
13.1 Events of Default
The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default under this Sublease by
Subtenant:
(i) Any failure by Subtenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be
paid pursuant to this Sublease, or any part thereof, within five (5) business days of
receipt of written notice that the same is overdue; or
(ii) Any holdover under Article 12; or
(iii) Any failure by Subtenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant
or condition of this Sublease or the Master Lease to be observed or performed by Subtenant
with such notice and cure periods as are provided for in the
13
Master Lease; or if the failure relates to a terra unique to this Sublease, then where such
failure continues for thirty (30) calendar days after written notice thereof from either
Sublandlord or Landlord to Subtenant;
(iv) Any act or omission of Subtenant which constitutes a default under the Master
Lease subject to the notice and cure periods provided thereunder.
13.2 Remedies Upon Default
Upon the occurrence of any default by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall have the remedies
available to Sublandlord under this Sublease, in the Master Lease, or at law or in equity.
13.3 [intentionally deleted]
13.4 Waiver of Default
No waiver by Sublandlord or Subtenant of any violation or breach of any of the terms,
provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of
any other or later violation or breach of the same or any other of the terms, provisions, and
covenants herein contained. Forbearance by Sublandlord in enforcement of one or more of the
remedies herein provided upon a default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of
such default. The acceptance of any Rent hereunder by Sublandlord following the occurrence of any
default, whether or not known to Sublandlord, shall not be deemed a waiver of any such default,
except only a default in the payment of the Rent so accepted.
14. INDEMNITY; LIMITATION OF DAMAGES
14.1 Subtenants Indemnity
Subtenant shall indemnify, defend (with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord),
and hold harmless Sublandlord from and against all losses, costs, damages, expenses and
liabilities, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements, which
Sublandlord may incur or pay out (including, without limitation, to Landlord) by reason of
(i) any accidents, damages or injuries to persons or property occurring by reason
of or directly related to Subtenants (or Subtenants officers, partners, employees, agents,
and/or invitees) use or occupancy of the Subleased Premises, and occurring in, on or about the
Subleased Premises or the Building (unless the same shall have been caused by Sublandlords
negligence or wrongful act), (ii) any breach or default hereunder or under the Master Lease on
Subtenants part, (iii) any improvement or remodeling work done by Subtenant after the date hereof
in or to the Subleased Premises, or (iv) any act, omission or negligence on the part of Subtenant
and/or its officers, partners, employees, agents, and/or invitees, or any person claiming through
or under Subtenant in the use or operation of the Subleased Premises.
14
14.2
Sublandlords Indemnity
Sublandlord shall indemnify, defend (with legal counsel selected by Subtenant), and hold
harmless Subtenant from and against all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities,
including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements, which Subtenant may
incur or pay out (including, without limitation, to Landlord) by reason of (i) any breach or
default hereunder or under the Master Lease on Sublandlords part or (ii) any act, omission or
negligence on the part of Sublandlord and/or its officers, partners, employees, agents, and/or
invitees, or any person claiming through or under Sublandlord in the use or operation of the
Subleased Permises.
14.3 No Consequential or Punitive Damages; Survival
Neither Sublandlord nor Subtenant shall be liable for any consequential or punitive damages
suffered by the other party hereto outside of the framework of the Master Lease. The provisions of
this Section 14 shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Sublease.
14.4 Waiver of Subrogation
The indemnities under Sections 14.1 and 14.2 are expressly limited by the terms of the Mutual
Waiver of Subrogation set forth in Article 11.6 of the Master Lease.
15. MODIFICATION OF MASTER LEASE
Sublandlord shall have the right to modify the Master Lease in any manner without notice to or
consent from Subtenant; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, as long as Subtenant is not in
default under this Sublease, Sublandlord shall not modify the Master Lease in any manner that would
change Sublandlords obligations or Subtenants rights in this Sublease, including without
limitation Subtenants right to occupy the Subleased Premises in accordance with the terms of this
Sublease, monthly Base Rent, Additional Rent, the term of this Sublease, or any other term material
to Subtenants ongoing operations at the Premises.
16. NOTICES UNDER MASTER LEASE
Subtenant and Sublandlord each agree to forward to the other, promptly upon receipt thereof,
copies of all notices received by the other, with respect to the Subleased Premises from Landlord
or from any governmental agency. Each party further agrees to forward to the other, for
informational purposes only, promptly upon delivery thereof, copies of all notices such party
provides to Landlord with respect to the Subleased Premises.
15
17. PERFORMANCE BY SUBLANDLORD FOR SUBTENANT
If Subtenant shall default, beyond the lapse of applicable notice and grace periods, in
performance of any of its obligations hereunder or under the Master Lease, Sublandlord at its
option may perform such obligations and, if necessary, enter the Subleased Premises for such
purpose. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, within twenty (20) days of demand, the amount of all
costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Sublandlord in the performance of any such obligations.
Any action taken by Sublandlord pursuant to this Section 17 shall not constitute a waiver
of any of Sublandlords other rights and remedies hereunder.
18. ATTORNMENT
Subject to the terms and conditions of any Nondisturbance Agreement with Landlord which may be
obtained for Subtenants benefit as permitted under the Master Lease, if (a) the Master Lease
should be terminated prior to the expiration date of this Sublease or (b) Landlord should succeed
to Sublandlords estate in the Subleased Premises, then, at Landlords election, or, at the joint
election of Sublandlord and Landlord, Subtenant shall attorn to and recognize Landlord as
Sublandlord under this Sublease and Subtenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument to
Landlord which Landlord may require to reasonably evidence such attornment, whereupon Sublandlord
shall be released from any and all obligations and liability thereafter arising provided that
Landlord assumes all such obligations.
19. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW
Subtenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Subleased
Premises which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental
rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated.
20. LATE CHARGES
In addition to and not in limitation of any other remedies for non-payment of Rent, any
payment of Rent not received within ten (10) business days after the date it is due (for example,
with respect to Base Rent, the due date is the first of the month without the requirement of
further notice) shall automatically be subject to a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the
amount owing plus reasonable attorneys fees incurred by Sublandlord by reason of Subtenants
failure to pay Rent when due hereunder. Such late charge is a service charge intended to compensate
Sublandlord for the additional administrative and other costs and expenses it incurs by reason of
such late payment. Subtenant hereby agrees that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable
estimate of the costs that Sublandlord will incur by reason of the late payment of Rent by
Subtenant. In addition to such late charge, any Rent owing hereunder which is not paid within
thirty (30) days after the date it is due (including any grace periods hereunder or under the
Master Lease) shall bear interest from the due date until paid at a rate equal to the lesser of ten
percent (10%) per annum and the highest rate permitted by applicable law. Sublandlord shall not
assess any charges under this Section 20 with respect to the first late payment in any given
calendar year; provided that if Subtenant thereafter still fails to pay either (i) such first
amount within ten (10) days after subsequent written notice from Sublandlord thereof or (ii) any
16
subsequent amounts owed as required under this Sublease, then in either event, the charges may be
assessed.
21. BROKERS
Sublandlord and Subtenant each represents and warrants to the other that no broker or finder
has been consulted or engaged with regard to this Sublease or the subleasing by Sublandlord of the
Subleased Premises except for PBS Realty Advisors LLC and Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc.,
(collectively, the Brokers) and that no commissions shall be due and owing as a result of this
Sublease except for commissions payable to the Brokers. Sublandlord shall pay all commissions owing
to the Brokers in respect of this Sublease pursuant to a separate agreement. Sublandlord agrees to
indemnify, defend and save Subtenant harmless from and against any and all claims, fees or
commissions from anyone else with whom it has dealt in connection with the Subleased Premises or
this Sublease, including the Brokers. Subtenant agrees to indemnify, defend and Sublandlord
harmless from and against any and all claims, fees or commissions from anyone with whom it has
dealt in connection with the Subleased Premises or this Sublease other than the Brokers.
22. BUILDING DIRECTORY; SIGNAGE
Subtenant shall be obligated for all costs, if any, associated with directory signage in the
lobby of the Building and shall work directly with Building management to pursue such signage as
permitted in the Master Lease.
23. NOTICES
Any notice, approval, consent or election made pursuant to this Sublease or the Master Lease
shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly delivered upon receipt if delivered personally or if
mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by a reputable nationally
recognized overnight carrier, addressed:
|
|
|
If to Sublandlord:
|
|
OMelveny & Myers LLP
Times Square Tower
7 Times Square New
York, New York 10036
Attention: Office Administrator |
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
OMelveny & Myers LLP
400 South Hope Street
Suite 1800
Los Angeles, California 90071
Attention: David W. Cartwright |
17
|
|
|
If to Subtenant:
|
|
Resources Connection Inc.
17101 Armstrong Avenue
Irvine, California 92614
Attention: Director of Real Estate Operations |
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
Resources Connection Inc.
17101 Armstrong Avenue
Irvine, California 92614
Attention: General Counsel |
|
|
|
with a further copy to:
|
|
Anne D. Monson, Esq.
7 Shaker Mill Road
Randolph, New York 07869 |
Either party may, by notice as aforesaid, direct that future notices be sent to a different
address.
24. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
All prior understandings and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter
hereof are merged within this Sublease and the Master Lease. The covenants and agreements herein
contained shall bind and inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, Subtenant, and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.
25. TIME OF ESSENCE
Time is of the essence of this Sublease and each of its provisions.
26. AMENDMENT
This Sublease may not be changed or amended orally or in any manner other than by written
agreement signed by the parties.
27. ATTORNEYS FEES
If either party commences any action to enforce any provision of this Sublease or protect its
interest in or to the Subleased Premises, the prevailing party shall be entitled to costs and
expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred in such proceeding and on any appeals
therefrom.
28. PARTIAL INVALIDITY
If any provision of this Sublease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance
shall to any extent be invalid, the remainder of this Sublease or the application of such provision
to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid shall
18
not be affected thereby and each provision of this Sublease shall be valid and enforced to the
fullest extent permitted by law.
29. CHOICE OF LAW
This Sublease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
New York.
30. INTERPRETATION
The table of contents, captions, headings and titles, if any, in this Sublease are solely for
convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. This Sublease shall be construed
without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing
this Sublease or any part thereof to be drafted. All terms and words used in this Sublease,
regardless of the number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other
number and any other gender as the context may require. The word person as used in this Sublease
shall mean a natural person or persons, a partnership, a corporation or any other form of business
or legal association or entity.
31. COUNTERPARTS
This Sublease may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which shall constitute an
original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Sublease
shall be fully executed when each party whose signature is required has signed and delivered to
each of the parties at least one counterpart, even though no single counterpart contains the
signatures of all parties hereto.
32. AUTHORITY
Subtenant and Sublandlord each represents and warrants to the other that it has all requisite
power and authority (whether corporate, partnership or otherwise) to enter into this Sublease.
33. EFFECTIVENESS
This Sublease shall be effective only when executed and delivered by Sublandlord and Subtenant
and the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5 above have been satisfied or waived as
provided therein.
34. EXPANSION SPACE
Anytime Sublandlord intends to sublease all or a portion of its 27th floor premises
(Offer Premises), Sublandlord shall give Subtenant written notice of such interest at least
fifteen (15) days prior to any formal or informal listing with outside brokers. The notice shall
take the form of Exhibit G hereto (Offer Premises Notice) including the proposed term and rent on
which Sublandlord intends to market the space. If Subtenant desires to add such Offer Premises to
this Sublease, Subtenant shall accept such notice within fifteen (15) days thereafter by marking
and returning the Offer Premises Notice to Sublandlord. Subtenants failure to
19
exercise the rights in the manner prescribed herein shall be deemed Subtenants waiver and decision
to decline the exercise. Subtenant must accept all or none of the proffered Offer Premises on the
terms set forth therein or designate such economic and other material terms on which it would
accept the Offer Premises. Subtenant understands that the 27th floor is currently being
marketed by Sublandlord and thus Subtenants expansion rights under this Section 34 shall only
arise following the first generation of third party subleases that may be signed for such floor. If
the Offer Space terms are accepted, and any rights of Landlord with respect to the Offer Space are
waived, then Subtenant and Sublandlord shall promptly execute an Amendment to this Sublease.
[signatures on the following page]
20
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Sublease to be executed as of the day
and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUBLANDLORD: |
|
SUBTENANT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OMELVENY & MYERS LLP,
a California limited liability partnership |
|
RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
a Delaware limited liability company dba Resources Global Professionals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ David W. Cartwright
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Nathan W. Franke
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
David W. Cartwright
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Nathan W. Franke |
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
Real Estate Counsel
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
CFO |
|
|
21
EXHIBIT A
MASTER LEASE
1. |
|
Lease dated as of January 28, 2003 |
|
2. |
|
First Amendment dated as of February 11, 2003 |
|
3. |
|
Second Amendment dated as of April 30, 2003 |
|
4. |
|
Third Amendment dated as of December 15, 2003 |
|
5. |
|
Fourth Amendment dated as of February 25, 2005 |
|
6. |
|
Fifth Amendment dated as of February 8, 2006 |
|
7. |
|
Sixth Amendment dated as of September 29, 2006 |
A-1
EXHIBIT B
Subleased Premises
B-l
EXHIBIT C
Consent
CONSENT AGREEMENT
(SUBLEASE)
C-l
exv10w12
Exhibit 10.12
LOAN AGREEMENT
This Agreement dated as of November 30, 2009, is among Bank of America, N.A. (the Bank),
Resources Connection, Inc. (Borrower 1) and Resources Connection LLC (Borrower 2) (Borrower 1
and Borrower 2 are sometimes referred to collectively as the Borrowers and individually as the
Borrower).
1. FACILITY NO. 1: LINE OF CREDIT AMOUNT AND TERMS
1.1 Line of Credit Amount.
(a) |
|
During the availability period described below, the Bank will provide a line of credit to the
Borrowers. The amount of the line of credit (the Facility No. 1 Commitment) is Three Million and
00/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00). |
|
(b) |
|
This is a revolving line of credit. During the availability period, the Borrowers may repay
principal amounts and reborrow them. |
|
(c) |
|
The Borrowers agree not to permit the principal balance outstanding to exceed the Facility No.
1 Commitment. If the Borrowers exceed this limit, the Borrowers will immediately pay the excess to
the Bank upon the Banks demand. |
1.2 Availability Period. The line of credit is available between the date of this
Agreement and November 29, 2010, or such earlier date as the availability may terminate as provided
in this Agreement (the Facility No. 1 Expiration Date).
1.3 Repayment Terms.
(a) |
|
The Borrowers will pay interest on December 1, 2009, and then on the same day of each month
thereafter until payment in full of any principal outstanding under this facility. |
|
(b) |
|
The Borrowers will repay in full any principal, interest or other charges outstanding under
this facility no later than the Facility No. 1 Expiration Date. Any interest period for an
optional interest rate (as described below) shall expire no later than the Facility No. 1
Expiration Date. |
1.4 Interest Rate.
(a) |
|
The interest rate is a rate per year equal to the Banks Prime Rate. |
|
(b) |
|
The Prime Rate is the rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by the Bank as its
Prime Rate. The Prime Rate is set by the Bank based on various factors, including the Banks costs
and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point
for pricing some loans. The Bank may price loans to its customers at, above, or below the Prime
Rate. Any change in the Prime Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day
specified in the public announcement of a change in the Banks Prime Rate. |
1.5 Optional Interest Rates. Instead of the interest rate based on the rate stated in the
paragraph entitled Interest Rate above, the Borrowers may elect the optional interest rates
listed below for this Facility No. 1 during interest periods agreed to by the Bank and the
Borrower. The optional interest rates shall be subject to the terms and conditions described later
in this Agreement. Any principal amount bearing interest at an optional rate under this Agreement
is referred to as a Portion. The following optional interest rates are available:
(a) |
|
The LIBOR Rate plus 2.25 percentage point(s). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ref #: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
|
|
-1- |
|
|
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
1.6 Letters of Credit.
(a) |
|
During the availability period, at the request of the Borrowers, the Bank will issue: |
|
(i) |
|
commercial letters of credit with a maximum maturity of one hundred eighty (180) days
but not to extend more than one hundred eighty (180) days beyond the Facility No. 1
Expiration Date. Each commercial letter of credit will require drafts payable at sight. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
standby letters of credit with a maximum maturity of three hundred sixty-five (365)
days but not to extend more than three hundred sixty-five (365) days beyond the Facility No.
1 Expiration Date. The standby letters of credit may include a provision providing that the
maturity date will be automatically extended each year for an additional year unless the
Bank gives written notice to the contrary; provided, however, that each letter of credit
must include a final maturity date which will not be subject to automatic extension. |
(b) |
|
The amount of the letters of credit outstanding at any one time (including the drawn and
unreimbursed amounts of the letters of credit) may not exceed Three Million and 00/100 Dollars
($3,000,000.00). |
|
(c) |
|
In calculating the principal amount outstanding under the Facility No. 1 Commitment, the
calculation shall include the amount of any letters of credit outstanding, including amounts drawn
on any letters of credit and not yet reimbursed. |
|
(d) |
|
The following letters of credit are outstanding from the Bank for the account of the Borrower: |
|
|
|
|
|
Letter of Credit Number |
|
Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
3077659 |
|
$ |
16,704.63 |
|
3081554 |
|
$ |
130,884.00 |
|
3082296 |
|
$ |
375,001.54 |
|
3082297 |
|
$ |
19,379.20 |
|
3094248 |
|
$ |
85,166.11 |
|
As of the date of this Agreement, these letters of credit shall be deemed to be outstanding under
this Agreement, and shall be subject to all the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement.
|
(i) |
|
Any sum drawn under a letter of credit may, at the option of the Bank, be added to the
principal amount outstanding under this Agreement. The amount will bear interest and be due
as described elsewhere in this Agreement. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If there is a default under this Agreement, to immediately prepay and make the Bank
whole for any outstanding letters of credit. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
The issuance of any letter of credit and any amendment to a letter of credit is
subject to the Banks written approval and must be in form and content satisfactory to the
Bank and in favor of a beneficiary acceptable to the Bank. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
To sign the Banks form Application and Agreement for Commercial Letter of Credit or
Application and Agreement for Standby Letter of Credit, as applicable. |
|
|
(v) |
|
To pay any issuance and/or other fees that the Bank notifies the Borrowers will be
charged for issuing and processing letters of credit for the Borrowers. |
|
|
(vi) |
|
To allow the Bank to automatically charge its checking account for applicable fees,
discounts, and other charges. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ref #: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
|
|
-2- |
|
|
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
|
(vii) |
|
To pay the Bank a non-refundable fee equal to 2.25% per annum of the outstanding
undrawn amount of each standby letter of credit, payable quarterly in arrears, calculated on
the basis of the face amount outstanding on the day the fee is calculated. |
(f) |
|
On the Facility No. 1 Expiration Date or as promptly thereafter as may be reasonably
practicable, the Borrower shall, under documentation acceptable to the Bank, grant to the Bank a
first-priority perfected security interest in cash, cash equivalents, or other collateral of a type
and in any amount acceptable to the Bank, to secure the Borrowers obligations in respect of any
outstanding letters of credit |
2. OPTIONAL INTEREST RATES
2.1 Optional Rates. Each optional interest rate is a rate per year. Interest will be paid
on December 1, 2009, and then on the same day of each month thereafter until payment in full of any
principal outstanding under this Agreement. No Portion will be converted to a different interest
rate during the applicable interest period. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under this
Agreement, the Bank may terminate the availability of optional interest rates for interest periods
commencing after the default occurs. At the end of each interest period, the interest rate will
revert to the rate stated in the paragraph(s) entitled Interest Rate above, unless the Borrower
has designated another optional interest rate for the Portion.
2.2 LIBOR Rate. The election of LIBOR Rates shall be subject to the following terms and
requirements:
(a) |
|
The interest period during which the LIBOR Rate will be in effect will be one month, two
months, three months or six months. The first day of the interest period must be a day other than
a Saturday or a Sunday on which banks are open for business in New York and London and dealing in
offshore dollars (a LIBOR Banking Day). The last day of the interest period and the actual
number of days during the interest period will be determined by the Bank using the practices of the
London inter-bank market. |
|
(b) |
|
Each LIBOR Rate portion will be for an amount not less than One Hundred Thousand and 00/100
Dollars ($100,000.00). |
|
(c) |
|
The LIBOR Rate means the interest rate determined by the following formula. (All amounts in
the calculation will be determined by the Bank as of the first day of the interest period.) |
|
|
|
|
|
LIBOR Rate =
|
|
London Inter-Bank Offered Rate
|
|
|
|
|
(1.00 - Reserve Percentage) |
|
|
|
(i) |
|
London Inter-Bank Offered Rate means for any applicable interest period, the rate per
annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (BBA LIBOR), as published by
Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as
selected by the Bank from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time two (2)
London Banking Days before the commencement of the interest period for U.S. Dollar deposits
(for delivery on the first day of such interest period) with a term equivalent to such
interest period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason then the rate
for that interest period will be determined by such alternate method as reasonably selected
by the Bank. A London Banking Day is a day on which banks in London are open for business
and dealing in offshore dollars. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Reserve Percentage means the total of the maximum reserve percentages for determining
the reserves to be maintained by member banks of the Federal Reserve System for Eurocurrency
Liabilities, as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation D, rounded upward to the nearest
1/100 of one percent. The percentage will be expressed as a decimal, and will include, but not be limited
to, marginal, emergency, supplemental, special, and other reserve percentages. |
(d) |
|
The Borrower shall irrevocably request a LIBOR Rate Portion no later than 12:00 noon Pacific
time on the LIBOR Banking Day preceding the day on which the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate will be
set, as specified above. For example, if there are no intervening holidays or weekend days in any
of the relevant locations, the request must be made at least three days before the LIBOR Rate takes
effect. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ref #: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
|
|
-3- |
|
|
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
(e) |
|
The Bank will have no obligation to accept an election for a LIBOR Rate Portion if any of
the following described events has occurred and is continuing: |
|
(i) |
|
Dollar deposits in the principal amount, and for periods equal to the interest period,
of a LIBOR Rate Portion are not available in the London inter-bank market; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The LIBOR Rate does not accurately reflect the cost of a LIBOR Rate Portion. |
(f) |
|
Each prepayment of a LIBOR Rate Portion, whether voluntary, by reason of acceleration or
otherwise, will be accompanied by the amount of accrued interest on the amount prepaid and a
prepayment fee as described below. A prepayment is a payment of an amount on a date earlier than
the scheduled payment date for such amount as required by this Agreement. |
|
(g) |
|
The prepayment fee shall be in an amount sufficient to compensate the Bank for any loss, cost
or expense incurred by it as a result of the prepayment, including any loss of anticipated profits
and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to
maintain such Portion or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were
obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by the Bank in
connection with the foregoing. For purposes of this paragraph, the Bank shall be deemed to have
funded each Portion by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the applicable interbank market,
whether or not such Portion was in fact so funded. |
3. FEES AND EXPENSES
3.1 Fees.
(a) |
|
Waiver Fee. If the Bank, at its discretion, agrees to waive or amend any terms of this
Agreement, the Borrower will, at the Banks option, pay the Bank a fee for each waiver or amendment
in an amount advised by the Bank at the time the Borrower requests the waiver or amendment.
Nothing in this paragraph shall imply that the Bank is obligated to agree to any waiver or
amendment requested by the Borrower. The Bank may impose additional requirements as a condition to
any waiver or amendment. |
|
(b) |
|
Late Fee. To the extent permitted by law, the Borrowers agree to pay a late fee in an
amount not to exceed four percent (4%) of any payment that is more than fifteen (15) days late.
The imposition and payment of a late fee shall not constitute a waiver of the Banks rights with
respect to the default. |
3.2 Expenses. The Borrowers agree to immediately repay the Bank for expenses that include,
but are not limited to, filing, recording and search fees, appraisal fees, title report fees, and
documentation fees.
3.3 Reimbursement Costs.
(a) |
|
The Borrowers agree to reimburse the Bank for any expenses it incurs in the preparation of this
Agreement and any agreement or instrument required by this Agreement. Expenses include, but are
not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees, including any allocated costs of the Banks in-house
counsel to the extent permitted by applicable law. |
4. DISBURSEMENTS, PAYMENTS AND COSTS
4.1 Disbursements and Payments.
(a) |
|
Each payment by the Borrowers will be made in U.S. Dollars and immediately available funds by
debit to a deposit account as described in this Agreement or otherwise authorized by the Borrowers.
For payments not made by direct debit, payments will be made by mail to the address shown on the
Borrowers statement or at one of the Banks banking centers in the United States, or by such other
method as may be permitted by the Bank. |
|
(b) |
|
The Bank may honor instructions for advances or repayments given by the Borrowers (if an
individual), or by any one of the individuals authorized to sign loan agreements on behalf of the
Borrowers, or any other individual designated by any one of authorized signers (each an Authorized
Individual). |
|
(c) |
|
For any payment under this Agreement made by debit to a deposit account, the Borrowers will
maintain sufficient immediately available funds in the deposit account to cover each debit. If
there are insufficient immediately |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ref #: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
|
|
-4- |
|
|
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
|
|
available funds in the deposit account on the date the Bank enters such debit
authorized by this Agreement, the Bank may reverse the debit. |
|
(d) |
|
Each disbursement by the Bank and each payment by the Borrowers will be evidenced by records
kept by the Bank. In addition, the Bank may, at its discretion, require the Borrowers to sign one
or more promissory notes. |
|
(e) |
|
Prior to the date each payment of principal and interest and any fees from the Borrowers
becomes due (the Due Date), the Bank will mail to the Borrowers a statement of the amounts that
will be due on that Due Date (the Billed Amount). The calculations in the bill will be made on
the assumption that no new extensions of credit or payments will be made between the date of the
billing statement and the Due Date, and that there will be no changes in the applicable interest
rate. If the Billed Amount differs from the actual amount due on the Due Date (the Accrued
Amount), the discrepancy will be treated as follows: |
|
(i) |
|
If the Billed Amount is less than the Accrued Amount, the Billed Amount for the
following Due Date will be increased by the amount of the discrepancy. The Borrowers will
not be in default by reason of any such discrepancy. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If the Billed Amount is more than the Accrued Amount, the Billed Amount for the
following Due Date will be decreased by the amount of the discrepancy. |
|
|
Regardless of any such discrepancy, interest will continue to accrue based on the actual
amount of principal outstanding without compounding. The Bank will not pay the Borrowers interest
on any overpayment. |
4.2 Requests for Credit; Equal Access by all Borrowers. If there is more than one
Borrower, any Borrower (or a person or persons authorized by any one of the Borrowers), acting
alone, can borrow up to the full amount of credit provided under this Agreement. Each Borrower
will be liable for all extensions of credit made under this Agreement to any other Borrower.
4.3 Telephone and Telefax Authorization.
(a) |
|
The Bank may honor telephone or telefax instructions for advances or repayments and telefax
requests for the issuance of letters of credit given, or purported to be given, by any one of the
Authorized Individuals. |
|
(b) |
|
Advances will be deposited in and repayments will be withdrawn from account number
CA-12330-24344 owned by the Borrowers or such other of the Borrowers accounts with the Bank as
designated in writing by the Borrowers. |
|
(c) |
|
The Borrowers will indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all liability, loss, and costs in
connection with any act resulting from telephone or telefax instructions the Bank reasonably
believes are made by any Authorized Individual. This paragraph will survive this Agreements
termination, and will benefit the Bank and its officers, employees, and agents. |
4.4 Direct Debit.
(a) |
|
The Borrowers agree that on the Due Date the Bank will debit the Billed Amount from deposit
account number CA-12330-24344 owned by the Borrowers or such other of the Borrowers accounts with
the Bank as designated in writing by the Borrowers (the Designated Account). |
|
(b) |
|
The Borrowers may terminate this direct debit arrangement at any time by sending written
notice to the Bank at the address specified at the end of this Agreement. If the Borrowers
terminate this arrangement, then the principal amount outstanding under this Agreement will at the
option of the Bank bear interest at a rate per annum which is 0.5 percentage point(s) higher than
the rate of interest otherwise provided under this Agreement. |
4.5 Banking Days. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, a banking day is a day
other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close, or
are in fact closed, in the state where the Banks lending office is located, and, if such day
relates to amounts bearing interest at an offshore rate (if any), means any such day on which
dealings in dollar deposits are conducted among banks in the offshore dollar interbank market. All
payments and disbursements which would be due on a day which is not a banking day will be due on
the next banking day. All payments received on a day which is not a banking day will be applied to
the credit on the next banking day.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ref #: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
|
|
-5- |
|
|
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
4.6 Interest Calculation. Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all interest
and fees, if any, will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days
elapsed. This results in more interest or a higher fee than if a 365-day year is used.
Installments of principal which are not paid when due under this Agreement shall continue to bear
interest until paid.
4.7 Default Rate. Upon the occurrence of any default or after maturity or after judgment
has been rendered on any obligation under this Agreement, all amounts outstanding under this
Agreement, including any interest, fees, or costs which are not paid when due, will at the option
of the Bank bear interest at a rate which is 6.0 percentage point(s) higher than the rate of
interest otherwise provided under this Agreement. This may result in compounding of interest.
This will not constitute a waiver of any default.
4.8 Taxes. If any payments to the Bank under this Agreement are made from outside the
United States, the Borrowers will not deduct any foreign taxes from any payments it makes to the
Bank. If any such taxes are imposed on any payments made by the Borrowers (including payments
under this paragraph), the Borrowers will pay the taxes and will also pay to the Bank, at the time
interest is paid, any additional amount which the Bank specifies as necessary to preserve the
after-tax yield the Bank would have received if such taxes had not been imposed. The Borrowers
will confirm that it has paid the taxes by giving the Bank official tax receipts (or notarized
copies) within thirty (30) days after the due date.
5. CONDITIONS
Before the Bank is required to extend any credit to the Borrowers under this Agreement, it must
receive any documents and other items it may reasonably require, in form and content acceptable to
the Bank, including any items specifically listed below.
5.1 Authorizations. If any Borrower or any guarantor is anything other than a natural
person, evidence that the execution, delivery and performance by such Borrower and/or such
guarantor of this Agreement and any instrument or agreement required under this Agreement have been
duly authorized.
5.2 Governing Documents. If required by the Bank, a copy of the Borrowers organizational
documents.
5.3 Guaranty. Guaranty signed by RC Management Group, LLC.
5.4 Good Standing. Certificates of good standing for each Borrower as applicable from its
state of formation and from any other state in which such Borrowers is required to qualify to
conduct its business.
5.5 Insurance. Evidence of insurance coverage, as required in the Covenants section of
this Agreement.
6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
When the Borrowers sign this Agreement, and until the Bank is repaid in full, the Borrowers make
the following representations and warranties. Each request for an extension of credit constitutes
a renewal of these representations and warranties as of the date of the request:
6.1 Formation. If any Borrower is anything other than a natural person, it is duly formed
and existing under the laws of the state or other jurisdiction where organized.
6.2 Authorization. This Agreement, and any instrument or agreement required hereunder, are
within each Borrowers powers, have been duly authorized, and do not conflict with any of its
organizational papers.
6.3 Enforceable Agreement. This Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of each
Borrower, enforceable against each Borrower in accordance with its terms, and any instrument or
agreement required hereunder, when executed and delivered, will be similarly legal, valid, binding
and enforceable.
6.4 Good Standing. In each state in which each Borrower does business, it is properly
licensed, in good standing, and, where required, in compliance with fictitious name statutes.
6.5 No Conflicts. This Agreement does not conflict with any law, agreement, or obligation
by which any Borrower is bound.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ref #: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
|
|
-6- |
|
|
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
6.6 Financial Information. All financial and other information that has been or will
be supplied to the Bank is sufficiently complete to give the Bank accurate knowledge of the
Borrowers (and any guarantors) financial condition, including all material contingent
liabilities. Since the date of the most recent financial statement provided to the Bank, there has
been no material adverse change in the business condition (financial or otherwise), operations,
properties or prospects of any Borrower (or any guarantor). If any Borrower is comprised of the
trustees of a trust, the foregoing representations shall also pertain to the trustor(s) of the
trust.
6.7 Lawsuits. There is no lawsuit, tax claim or other dispute pending or threatened
against any Borrower which, if lost, would impair such Borrowers financial condition or ability to
repay the loan, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Bank.
6.8 Collateral. All collateral required in this Agreement is owned by the grantor of the
security interest free of any title defects or any liens or interests of others, except those which
have been approved by the Bank in writing.
6.9 Permits, Franchises. Each Borrower possesses all permits, memberships, franchises,
contracts and licenses required and all trademark rights, trade name rights, patent rights,
copyrights and fictitious name rights necessary to enable it to conduct the business in which it is
now engaged.
6.10 Other Obligations. No Borrower is in default on any obligation for borrowed money,
any purchase money obligation or any other material lease, commitment, contract, instrument or
obligation, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Bank.
6.11 Tax Matters. No Borrower has any knowledge of any pending assessments or adjustments
of its income tax for any year and all taxes due have been paid, except as have been disclosed in
writing to the Bank.
6.12 No Event of Default. There is no event which is, or with notice or lapse of time or
both would be, a default under this Agreement.
6.13 Insurance. Each Borrower has obtained, and maintained in effect, the insurance
coverage required in the Covenants section of this Agreement.
7. COVENANTS
The Borrowers agree, so long as credit is available under this Agreement and until the Bank is
repaid in full:
7.1 Use of Proceeds.
(a) |
|
To use the proceeds of Facility No. 1 only for general corporate purposes, including working
capital needs, capital expenditures and letters of credit. |
7.2 Financial Information. To provide the following financial information and statements
in form and content acceptable to the Bank, and such additional information as requested by the
Bank from time to time. The Bank reserves the right, upon written notice to the Borrowers, to
require the Borrowers to deliver financial information and statements to the Bank more frequently
than otherwise provided below, and to use such additional information and statements to measure any
applicable financial covenants in this Agreement.
(a) |
|
Within ninety (90) days of the fiscal year end, the annual financial statements of the
Borrowers. These financial statements must be audited (with an opinion satisfactory to the Bank)
by a Certified Public Accountant acceptable to the Bank. The statements shall be prepared on a
consolidated basis. The Form 10-K is a satisfactory form for the annual financial statement. |
|
(b) |
|
Within forty-five (45) days of the periods end, quarterly financial statements of the
Borrowers. These financial statements may be company-prepared. The statements shall be prepared
on a consolidated basis. The Form 10-Q is a satisfactory form for the quarterly financial statement. |
|
(c) |
|
Within ninety (90) days of the end of each fiscal year and within forty five (45) days of the
end of each quarter, a compliance certificate of each Borrower signed by an authorized financial
officer, and setting forth (i) the information and computations (in sufficient detail) to establish
that each Borrower is in compliance with all financial covenants at the end of the period covered
by the financial statements then being furnished and (ii) whether there existed as of the date of
such financial statements and whether there exists as of the date of the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ref #: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
|
|
-7- |
|
|
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
|
|
certificate, any default under this Agreement and, if any such default exists,
specifying the nature thereof and the action the Borrowers are taking and propose to take
with respect thereto. |
7.3 Unencumbered Liquid Assets. To maintain Unencumbered Liquid Assets having an aggregate
market value of not less than Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000,000.00).
Unencumbered Liquid Assets means the following assets (excluding assets of any retirement plan)
which (i) are not the subject of any lien, pledge, security interest or other arrangement with any
creditor to have his claim satisfied out of the asset (or proceeds thereof) prior to the general
creditors of the owner of the asset, and (ii) may be converted to cash within five (5) days:
(a) |
|
Cash or cash equivalents held in the United States; |
|
(b) |
|
United States Treasury or governmental agency obligations which constitute full faith and
credit of the United States of America; |
|
(c) |
|
Commercial paper rated P-1 or A1 by Moodys or S&P, respectively; |
|
(d) |
|
Medium- and long-term securities rated investment grade by one of the rating agencies described
in (c) above; |
|
(e) |
|
Eligible Stocks; |
|
(f) |
|
Mutual funds quoted in The Wall Street journal which invest
primarily in the assets described in (a)-(e) above. |
Eligible Stocks shall include any common or preferred stock which (i) is not subject to statutory
or contractual restrictions on sales, (ii) is traded on a U. S. national stock exchange or included
in the National Market tier of NASDAQ and (iii) has, as of the close of trading on the applicable
exchange (excluding after hours trading), a per share price of at least Fifteen Dollars ($15).
The Borrower will provide the Bank a Form U-1 Purpose Statement, confirming that none of the
proceeds of the loan will be used to buy or carry any margin stock.
7.4 Profitability. To maintain on a consolidated basis for each quarterly accounting
period, measured on a rolling four-quarter basis, a positive net income after taxes plus any
non-cash charges arising from compensation expense as a result of the adoption of Financial
Accounting Standards Board Statement 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, which requires
certain stock-based compensation to be recorded as expense within the Borrowers consolidated
statement of operations. For the purposes of this covenant, nonrecurring, extraordinary
income/expenses and extraordinary gains /losses shall be excluded from the calculation.
7.5 Out of Debt Period. To reduce the amount of advances outstanding under Facility No. 1
to not more than Zero and 00/100 Dollars ($0.00) for a period of at least thirty (30) consecutive
days in each Line-Year. Line-Year means the period between the date of this Agreement and
October 8, 2010, and each subsequent one-year period (if any). For purposes of this paragraph,
Advances does not include undrawn amounts of outstanding letters of credit.
7.6 Bank as Principal Depository. To maintain the Bank, as a significant depository bank,
including for the maintenance of business, cash management, operating and administrative deposit
accounts.
7.7 Other Debts. Not to have outstanding or incur any direct or contingent liabilities or
lease obligations (other than those to the Bank and operating leases), or become liable for the
liabilities of others, without the Banks written consent. This does not prohibit:
(a) |
|
Acquiring goods, supplies, or merchandise on normal trade credit. |
|
(b) |
|
Endorsing negotiable instruments received in the usual course of business. |
|
(c) |
|
Obtaining surety bonds in the usual course of business. |
|
(d) |
|
Liabilities, lines of credit and leases in existence on the date of this Agreement
disclosed in writing to the Bank. |
|
(e) |
|
Additional debts and capital lease obligations for business purposes which do not
exceed a total principal amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ref #: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
|
|
-8- |
|
|
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
|
|
of Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) outstanding at any one time. |
7.8 Other Liens. Not to create, assume, or allow any security interest or lien (including
judicial liens) on property any Borrower now or later owns, except:
(a) |
|
Liens and security interests in favor of the Bank. |
|
(b) |
|
Liens for taxes not yet due. |
|
(c) |
|
Liens outstanding on the date of this Agreement disclosed in writing to the Bank. |
|
(d) |
|
Additional purchase money security interests in assets acquired after the date of this
Agreement, if the total principal amount of debts secured by such liens does not exceed Five
Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) at any one time. |
7.9 Maintenance of Assets.
(a) |
|
Not to sell, assign, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any part of any Borrowers
business or any Borrowers assets except (i) in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) to a
wholly-owned, direct or indirect subsidiary of Borrowers. |
|
(b) |
|
Not to sell, assign, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets for less than
fair market value, or enter into any agreement to do so. |
|
(c) |
|
Not to enter into any sale and leaseback agreement covering any of its fixed assets. |
|
(d) |
|
To maintain and preserve all rights, privileges, and franchises the Borrowers now have. |
|
(e) |
|
To make any repairs, renewals, or replacements to keep the Borrowers properties in good
working condition. |
7.10 Loans. Not to make any loans, advances or other extensions of credit to any
individual or entity, except for:
(a) |
|
Existing extensions of credit disclosed to the Bank in
writing. |
|
(b) |
|
Extensions of credit to the Borrowers current subsidiaries. |
|
(c) |
|
Extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the
sale or lease of goods or services in the ordinary course of business to non-affiliated entities. |
|
(d) |
|
Extensions of credit that do not exceed an aggregate amount of One Million and 00/100 Dollars
($1,000,000.00) outstanding at any one time. |
7.11 Change of Management. To retain executive and management personnel with substantially
the same qualifications and experience as the executive and management personnel of the Borrowers
in office as of the date of this Agreement.
7.12 Change of Ownership. Not to permit Change of Control.
Change of Control means (a) the acquisition by any person or group (as such terms are used in
section 13 (d) and 14 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) at any time of
beneficial ownership of 40% or more of the outstanding capital stock of Borrower on a fully-diluted
basis, or (b) the failure of individuals who are members of the board of directors of Borrower on
the date of this Agreement (together with any new or replacement directors whose initial nomination
for election was approved by a majority of the directors who were either directors on the date of
this Agreement or previously so approved) to constitute a majority of the board of directors of
Borrower.
7.13 Additional Negative Covenants. Not to, without the Banks written consent:
(a) |
|
Engage in any business activities substantially different from each Borrowers present
business. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ref #: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
|
|
-9- |
|
|
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
(b) |
|
Acquire or purchase a business or its assets for a consideration, including assumption of
direct or contingent debt, in excess of Forty Two Million and 00/100 Dollars ($42,000,000.00) in
the aggregate. Before making such acquisition, the Borrower must obtain the prior, effective
written consent or approval of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the business
being acquired. |
7.14 Notices to Bank. To promptly notify the Bank in writing of:
(a) |
|
Any lawsuit over One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) against any Borrower or any
Obligor. |
|
(b) |
|
Any substantial dispute between any governmental authority and any Borrower or any Obligor. |
|
(c) |
|
Any event of default under this Agreement, or any event which, with notice or lapse of time or
both, would constitute an event of default. |
|
(d) |
|
Any material adverse change in any Borrowers Obligors business condition (financial or
otherwise), operations, properties or prospects, or ability to repay the credit. |
|
(e) |
|
Any change in any Borrowers or any Obligors name, legal structure, principal residence (for
an individual), state of registration (for a registered entity), place of business, or chief
executive office if such Borrower or any Obligor has more than one place of business. |
|
(f) |
|
Any actual contingent liabilities of any Borrower or any Obligor, and any such contingent
liabilities which are reasonably foreseeable, where such liabilities are in excess of Five Million
and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in the aggregate. |
For purposes of this Agreement, Obligor shall mean any guarantor, or any party pledging
collateral to the Bank, or, if the Borrower is comprised of the trustees of a trust, any trustor.
7.15 Insurance.
(a) |
|
General Business Insurance. To maintain insurance as is usual for the business it is in. |
7.16 Compliance with Laws. To comply with the laws (including any fictitious or trade name
statute), regulations, and orders of any government body with authority over any Borrowers
business. The Bank shall have no obligation to make any advance to any Borrowers except in
compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and any Borrowers shall fully cooperate with
the Bank in complying with all such applicable laws and regulations.
7.17 ERISA Plans. Promptly during each year, to pay and cause any subsidiaries to pay
contributions adequate to meet at least the minimum funding standards under ERISA with respect to
each and every Plan; file each annual report required to be filed pursuant to ERISA in connection
with each Plan for each year; and notify the Bank within ten (10) days of the occurrence of any
Reportable Event that might constitute grounds for termination of any capital Plan by the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court
of a trustee to administer any Plan. ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time. Capitalized terms in this paragraph shall have the meanings
defined within ERISA.
7.18 Books and Records. To maintain adequate books and records.
7.19 Audits. To allow the Bank and its agents to inspect each Borrowers properties and examine,
audit, and make copies of books and records at any reasonable time. If any of the Borrowers
properties, books or records are in the possession of a third party, the Borrowers authorize that
third party to permit the Bank or its agents to have access to perform inspections or audits and to
respond to the Banks requests for information concerning such properties, books and records.
7.20 Cooperation. To take any action reasonably requested by the Bank to carry out the intent of
this Agreement.
7.21 Material Subsidiaries. To give the Bank prompt written notice if the Borrower acquires any
Material Subsidiary or if any subsidiary becomes a Material Subsidiary. For purposes of this
Agreement, a Material Subsidiary Means a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower that (1)
holds assets with a total book value at least equal to five percent (5%) of the book value of all of the
Borrowers assets on a consolidated basis or (2) has earned revenues at least equal to five percent
(5%) of the Borrowers total revenues on a consolidated basis calculated over the prior four (4)
fiscal quarters. If
|
|
|
|
|
Ref
#: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
-10-
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
(A) a Material Subsidiary is formed under the laws of a state of the United States and is
principally located in the United States (a Domestic Subsidiary), the Borrower will promptly
cause such subsidiary to guarantee the Borrowers obligations to the Bank under this Agreement,
pursuant to documentation in form and substance acceptable to the Bank; or (B) if a Material
Subsidiary is not a Domestic Subsidiary, then the Borrower will grant to the Bank, or (if an
indirect subsidiary) will promptly cause the shareholder of the subsidiary to grant to the Bank, a
security interest in sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of such
subsidiary, pursuant to documentation in form and substance acceptable to the Bank; provided,
however, that the Borrower shall not be required to grant to the Bank a security interest in the
stock of Resources Connection NL BV.
7.22 Other Subsidiaries. To give the Bank prompt written notice if the Borrowers subsidiaries,
excluding Material Subsidiaries and any other subsidiaries that have guarantied the Borrowers
obligations to the Bank or whose capital stock has been pledged to secure the Borrowers
obligations to the Bank, in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) below, (1) hold assets with a total
book value, on a combined basis, at least equal to ten percent (10%) of the book value of the
Borrowers assets on a consolidated basis or (2) have earned, on a combined basis, revenues at
least equal to ten percent (10%) of the Borrowers total revenues on a consolidated basis over the
prior four (4) fiscal quarters (the Asset/Revenue Threshold). Once the Asset/Revenue Threshold
is reached, then, with respect to any subsidiary created or acquired thereafter, if (A) a
subsidiary is a Domestic Subsidiary, the Borrower will promptly cause such subsidiary to guarantee
the Borrowers obligations to the Bank under this Agreement, pursuant to documentation in form and
substance acceptable to the Bank; or (B) if a subsidiary is not a Domestic Subsidiary, then the
Borrower will grant to the Bank, or (if an indirect subsidiary) will promptly cause the shareholder
of the subsidiary to grant to the Bank, a security interest in sixty-five percent (65%) of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of such subsidiary, pursuant to documentation in form and
substance acceptable to the Bank; provided, however, that the Borrower need not comply with clauses
(A) or (B) above if, after reaching the Asset/Revenue Threshold, the Borrower causes an existing
Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Material Subsidiary) to guaranty the Borrowers obligations to
the Bank in accordance with clause (A) above, such that the amount of assets or revenues described
in clauses (1) and (2) above are below the Asset/Revenue Threshold.
8. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
If any of the following events of default occurs, the Bank may do one or more of the following:
declare the Borrowers in default, stop making any additional credit available to the Borrowers, and
require the Borrowers to repay their entire debt immediately and without prior notice. If an event
which, with notice or the passage of time, will constitute an event of default has occurred and is
continuing, the Bank has no obligation to make advances or extend additional credit under this
Agreement. In addition, if any event of default occurs, the Bank shall have all rights, powers and
remedies available under any instruments and agreements required by or executed in connection with
this Agreement, as well as all rights and remedies available at law or in equity. If an event of
default occurs under the paragraph entitled Bankruptcy, below, with respect to any Borrower,
then the entire debt outstanding under this Agreement will automatically be due immediately.
8.1 Failure to Pay. The Borrowers fail to make a payment under this Agreement when due.
8.2 Other Bank Agreements. Any default occurs under any other agreement any Borrower (or any
Obligor) or any of the Borrowers related entities or affiliates has with the Bank or any affiliate
of the Bank.
8.3 Cross-default. Any default occurs under any agreement in connection with any credit any
Borrower (or any Obligor) or any of the Borrowers related entities or affiliates has obtained from
anyone else or which any Borrower (or any Obligor) or any of the Borrowers related entities or
affiliates has guaranteed.
8.4 False Information. Any Borrower or any Obligor has given the Bank false or misleading
information or representations.
8.5 Bankruptcy. Any Borrower, any Obligor, or any general partner of any Borrower or of any
Obligor files a bankruptcy petition, a bankruptcy petition is filed against any of the foregoing
parties, or any Borrower, any Obligor, or any general partner of any Borrower or of any Obligor
makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.
8.6 Receivers. A receiver or similar official is appointed for a substantial portion of any
Borrowers or any Obligors business, or the business is terminated, or, if any Obligor is anything
other than a natural person, such Obligor is liquidated or dissolved.
8.7 Lien Priority. The Bank fails to have an enforceable first lien (except for any prior liens to
which the Bank has consented in writing) on or security interest in any property given as security
for this Agreement (or any guaranty).
|
|
|
|
|
Ref
#: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
-11-
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
8.8 Judgments. Any judgments or arbitration awards are entered against any Borrower or any
Obligor, or any Borrower or any Obligor enters into any settlement agreements with respect to any
litigation or arbitration, in an aggregate amount of Two Million and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00)
or more in excess of any insurance coverage.
8.9 Material Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs, or is reasonably likely to occur,
in any Borrowers (or any Obligors) business condition (financial or otherwise), operations,
properties or prospects, or ability to repay the credit.
8.10 Government Action. Any government authority takes action that the Bank believes materially
adversely affects any Borrowers or any Obligors financial condition or ability to repay.
8.11 Default under Related Documents. Any default occurs under any guaranty, subordination
agreement, security agreement, deed of trust, mortgage, or other document required by or delivered
in connection with this Agreement or any such document is no longer in effect, or any guarantor
purports to revoke or disavow the guaranty.
8.12 ERISA Plans. Any one or more of the following events occurs with respect to a Plan of any
Borrower subject to Title IV of ERISA, provided such event or events could reasonably be expected,
in the judgment of the Bank, to subject any Borrower to any tax, penalty or liability (or any
combination of the foregoing) which, in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition of such Borrower:
(a) |
|
A reportable event shall occur under Section 4043(c) of ERISA with respect to a Plan. |
|
(b) |
|
Any Plan termination (or commencement of proceedings to terminate a Plan) or the full or
partial withdrawal from a Plan by any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate. |
8.13 Other Breach Under Agreement. A default occurs under any other term or condition of this
Agreement not specifically referred to in this Article. This includes any failure or anticipated
failure by any Borrower (or any other party named in the Covenants section) to comply with the
financial covenants set forth in this Agreement, whether such failure is evidenced by financial
statements delivered to the Bank or is otherwise known to the Borrowers or the Bank.
9. ENFORCING THIS AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS
9.1 GAAP. Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all financial information provided to the
Bank and all financial covenants will be made under generally accepted accounting principles,
consistently applied.
9.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws
of California.
To the extent that the Bank has greater rights or remedies under federal law, whether as a national
bank or otherwise, this paragraph shall not be deemed to deprive the Bank of such rights and
remedies as may be available under federal law.
9.3 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is binding on the Borrowers and the Banks successors
and assignees. The Borrowers agree that they may not assign this Agreement without the Banks
prior consent. The Bank may sell participations in or assign this loan, and may exchange
information about the Borrowers (including, without limitation, any information regarding any
hazardous substances) with actual or potential participants or assignees. If a participation is
sold or the loan is assigned, the purchaser will have the right of set-off against the Borrowers.
9.4 Dispute Resolution Provision. This paragraph, including the subparagraphs below, is referred
to as the Dispute Resolution Provision. This Dispute Resolution Provision is a material
inducement for the parties entering into this agreement.
(a) |
|
This Dispute Resolution Provision concerns the resolution of any controversies or claims
between the parties, whether arising in contract, tort or by statute, including but not limited to
controversies or claims that arise out of or relate to: (i) this agreement (including any renewals,
extensions or modifications); or (ii) any document related to this agreement (collectively a
Claim). For the purposes of this Dispute Resolution Provision only, the term parties shall
include any parent corporation, subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank involved in the servicing,
management or administration of any obligation described or evidenced by this agreement. |
|
(b) |
|
At the request of any party to this agreement, any Claim shall be resolved by binding
arbitration in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code) (the Act). The
Act will apply even though this agreement provides that it is governed by the law of a specified
state. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ref
#: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
-12-
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
(c) |
|
Arbitration proceedings will be determined in accordance with the Act, the then-current
rules and procedures for the arbitration of financial services disputes of the American Arbitration
Association or any successor thereof (AAA), and the terms of this Dispute Resolution Provision.
In the event of any inconsistency, the terms of this Dispute Resolution Provision shall control.
If AAA is unwilling or unable to (i) serve as the provider of arbitration or (ii) enforce any
provision of this arbitration clause, the Bank may designate another arbitration organization with
similar procedures to serve as the provider of arbitration. |
|
(d) |
|
The arbitration shall be administered by AAA and conducted, unless otherwise required by law,
in any U.S. state where real or tangible personal property collateral for this credit is located or
if there is no such collateral, in the state specified in the governing law section of this
agreement. All Claims shall be determined by one arbitrator; however, if Claims exceed Five
Million Dollars ($5,000,000), upon the request of any party, the Claims shall be decided by three
arbitrators. All arbitration hearings shall commence within ninety (90) days of the demand for
arbitration and close within ninety (90) days of commencement and the award of the arbitrator(s)
shall be issued within thirty (30) days of the close of the hearing. However, the arbitrator(s),
upon a showing of good cause, may extend the commencement of the hearing for up to an additional
sixty (60) days. The arbitrator(s) shall provide a concise written statement of reasons for the
award. The arbitration award may be submitted to any court having jurisdiction to be confirmed and
have judgment entered and enforced. |
|
(e) |
|
The arbitrator(s) will give effect to statutes of limitation in determining any Claim and may
dismiss the arbitration on the basis that the Claim is barred. For purposes of the application of
any statutes of limitation, the service on AAA under applicable AAA rules of a notice of Claim is
the equivalent of the filing of a lawsuit. Any dispute concerning this arbitration provision or
whether a Claim is arbitrable shall be determined by the arbitrator(s), except as set forth at
subparagraph (j) of this Dispute Resolution Provision. The arbitrator(s) shall have the power to
award legal fees pursuant to the terms of this agreement. |
|
(f) |
|
The procedure described above will not apply if the Claim, at the time of the proposed
submission to arbitration, arises from or relates to an obligation to the Bank secured by real
property. In this case, all of the parties to this agreement must consent to submission of the
Claim to arbitration. |
|
(g) |
|
To the extent any Claims are not arbitrated, to the extent permitted by law the Claims shall be
resolved in court by a judge without a jury, except any Claims which are brought in California
state court shall be determined by judicial reference as described below. |
|
(h) |
|
Any Claim which is not arbitrated and which is brought in California state court will be
resolved by a general reference to a referee (or a panel of referees) as provided in California
Code of Civil Procedure Section 638. The referee (or presiding referee of the panel) shall be a
retired Judge or Justice. The referee (or panel of referees) shall be selected by mutual written
agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, the referee shall be selected by the
Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative) as provided in California Code of Civil
Procedure Section 638 and the following related sections. The referee shall determine all issues
in accordance with existing California law and the California rules of evidence and civil
procedure. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, provide all
temporary or provisional remedies, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and
rule on any motion which would be authorized in a trial, including without limitation motions for
summary judgment or summary adjudication. The award that results from the decision of the
referee(s) will be entered as a judgment in the court that appointed the referee, in accordance
with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 644(a) and 645. The parties
reserve the right to seek appellate review of any judgment or order, including but not limited to,
orders pertaining to class certification, to the same extent permitted in a court of law. |
|
(i) |
|
This Dispute Resolution Provision does not limit the right of any party to: (i) exercise
self-help remedies, such as but not limited to, setoff; (ii) initiate judicial or non-judicial
foreclosure against any real or personal property collateral; (iii) exercise any judicial or power
of sale rights, or (iv) act in a court of law to obtain an interim remedy, such as but not limited
to, injunctive relief, writ of possession or appointment of a receiver, or additional or
supplementary remedies. The filing of a court action is not intended to constitute a waiver of the
right of any party, including the suing party, thereafter to require submittal of the Claim to
arbitration or judicial reference. |
|
(j) |
|
Any arbitration, judicial reference or trial by a judge of any Claim will take place on an
individual basis without resort to any form of class or representative action (the Class Action
Waiver). Regardless of anything else in this Dispute Resolution Provision, the validity and
effect of the Class Action Waiver may be determined only by a court or referee and not by an
arbitrator. The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the Class Action Waiver |
|
|
|
|
|
Ref
#: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
-13-
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
|
|
is material and essential to the arbitration of any disputes between the parties and
is nonseverable from the agreement to arbitrate Claims. If the Class Action Waiver is
limited, voided or found unenforceable, then the parties agreement to arbitrate shall be
null and void with respect to such proceeding, subject to the right to appeal the limitation
or invalidation of the Class Action Waiver. The Parties acknowledge and agree that under no
circumstances will a class action be arbitrated. |
|
(k) |
|
By agreeing to binding arbitration or judicial reference, the parties irrevocably and
voluntarily waive any right they may have to a trial by jury as permitted by law in respect of any
Claim. Furthermore, without intending in any way to limit this Dispute Resolution Provision, to
the extent any Claim is not arbitrated or submitted to judicial reference, the parties irrevocably
and voluntarily waive any right they may have to a trial by jury to the extent permitted by law in
respect of such Claim. This waiver of jury trial shall remain in effect even if the Class Action
Waiver is limited, voided or found unenforceable. WHETHER THE CLAIM IS DECIDED BY ARBITRATION, BY
JUDICIAL REFERENCE, OR BY TRIAL BY A JUDGE, THE PARTIES AGREE AND UNDERSTAND THAT THE EFFECT
OF THIS AGREEMENT IS THAT THEY ARE GIVING UP THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY LAW. |
9.5 Severability; Waivers. If any part of this Agreement is not enforceable, the rest of the
Agreement may be enforced. The Bank retains all rights, even if it makes a loan after default. If the Bank
waives a default, it may enforce a later default. Any consent or waiver under this Agreement must
be in writing.
9.6 Attorneys Fees. The Borrowers shall reimburse the Bank for any reasonable costs and
attorneys fees incurred by the Bank in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any
rights or remedies under this Agreement and any other documents executed in connection with this
Agreement, and in connection with any amendment, waiver, workout or restructuring under this
Agreement. In the event of a lawsuit or arbitration proceeding, the prevailing party is entitled
to recover costs and reasonable attorneys fees incurred in connection with the lawsuit or
arbitration proceeding, as determined by the court or arbitrator. In the event that any case is
commenced by or against the Borrowers under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code) or
any similar or successor statute, the Bank is entitled to recover costs and reasonable attorneys
fees incurred by the Bank related to the preservation, protection, or enforcement of any rights of
the Bank in such a case. As used in this paragraph, attorneys fees includes the allocated costs
of the Banks in-house counsel.
9.7 Joint and Several Liability. This paragraph shall apply if two or more Borrowers sign this
agreement:
(a) |
|
Each Borrower agrees that it is jointly and severally liable to the Bank for the payment of
all obligations arising under this Agreement, and that such liability is independent of the
obligations of the other Borrower(s). Each obligation, promise, covenant, representation and
warranty in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been made by, and be binding upon, each
Borrower, unless this Agreement expressly provides otherwise. The Bank may bring an action against
any Borrower, whether an action is brought against the other Borrower(s). |
|
(b) |
|
Each Borrower agrees that any release which may be given by the Bank to the other Borrower(s)
or any guarantor will not release such Borrower from its obligations under this Agreement. |
|
(c) |
|
Each Borrower waives any right to assert against the Bank any defense, setoff, counterclaim, or
claims which such Borrower may have against the other Borrower(s) or any other party liable to the
Bank for the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement. |
|
(d) |
|
Each Borrower waives any defense by reason of any other Borrowers or any other persons
defense, disability, or release from liability. The Bank can exercise its rights against each
Borrower even if any other Borrower or any other person no longer is liable because of a statute of
limitations or for other reasons. |
|
(e) |
|
Each Borrower agrees that it is solely responsible for keeping itself informed as to the
financial condition of the other Borrower(s) and of all circumstances which bear upon the risk of
nonpayment. Each Borrower waives any right it may have to require the Bank to disclose to such
Borrower any information which the Bank may now or hereafter acquire concerning the financial
condition of the other Borrower(s). |
|
(f) |
|
Each Borrower waives all rights to notices of default or nonperformance by any other Borrower
under this Agreement. Each Borrower further waives all rights to notices of the existence or the
creation of new indebtedness by any other Borrower and all rights to any other notices to any party
liable on any of the credit extended under this Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ref
#: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
-14-
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
(g) |
|
The Borrowers represent and warrant to the Bank that each will derive benefit, directly
and indirectly, from the collective administration and availability of credit under this Agreement.
The Borrowers agree that the Bank will not be required to inquire as to the disposition by any
Borrower of funds disbursed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. |
|
(h) |
|
Until all obligations of the Borrowers to the Bank under this Agreement have been paid in full
and any commitments of the Bank or facilities provided by the Bank under this Agreement have been
terminated, each Borrower (i) waives any right of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and
contribution (contractual, statutory or otherwise), including without limitation, any claim or
right of subrogation under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code) or any successor statute,
which such Borrower may now or hereafter have against any other Borrower with respect to the
indebtedness incurred under this Agreement; (ii) waives any right to enforce any remedy which the
Bank now has or may hereafter have against any other Borrower, and waives any benefit of, and any
right to participate in, any security now or hereafter held by the Bank. |
|
(i) |
|
Each Borrower waives any right to require the Bank to proceed against any other Borrower or any
other person; proceed against or exhaust any security; or pursue any other remedy. Further, each
Borrower consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to
any extent vary the risks of the Borrowers under this Agreement or which, but for this provision,
might operate as a discharge of the Borrowers. |
9.8 Set-Off.
(a) |
|
In addition to any rights and remedies of the Bank provided by law, upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of any event of default under this Agreement, the Bank is authorized, at any
time, to set off and apply any and all Deposits of the Borrower or any Obligor held by the Bank
against any and all Obligations owing to the Bank. The set-off may be made irrespective of whether
or not the Bank shall have made demand under this Agreement or any guaranty, and although such
Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the
applicable Deposits. |
|
(b) |
|
The set-off may be made without prior notice to the Borrower or any other party, any such
notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Obligor) to the
fullest extent permitted by law. The Bank agrees promptly to notify the Borrower after any such
set-off and application; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect
the validity of such set-off and application. |
|
(c) |
|
For the purposes of this paragraph, Deposits means any deposits (general or special, time or
demand, provisional or final, individual or joint) and any instruments owned by the Borrower or any
Obligor which come into the possession or custody or under the control of the Bank. Obligations
means all obligations, now or hereafter existing, of the Borrower to the Bank under this Agreement
and under any other agreement or instrument executed in connection with this Agreement, and the
obligations to the Bank of any Obligor. |
9.9 One Agreement. This Agreement and any related security or other agreements required by this
Agreement, collectively:
(a) |
|
represent the sum of the understandings and agreements between the Bank and the Borrowers
concerning this credit; |
|
(b) |
|
replace any prior oral or written agreements between the Bank and the Borrowers concerning this
credit; and |
|
(c) |
|
are intended by the Bank and the Borrowers as the final, complete and exclusive statement of
the terms agreed to by them. |
In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any other agreements required by this
Agreement, this Agreement will prevail. Any reference in any related document to a promissory
note or a note executed by the Borrowers and dated as of the date of this Agreement shall be
deemed to refer to this Agreement, as now in effect or as hereafter amended, renewed, or restated.
9.10 Indemnification. The Borrowers will indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from any loss,
liability, damages, judgments, and costs of any kind relating to or arising directly or indirectly
out of (a) this Agreement or any document required hereunder, (b) any credit extended or committed
by the Bank to the Borrowers hereunder, and (c) any litigation or proceeding related to or arising
out of this Agreement, any such document, or any such credit. This indemnity includes
|
|
|
|
|
Ref
#: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
-15-
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
but is not limited to attorneys fees (including the allocated cost of in-house counsel).
This indemnity extends to the Bank, its parent, subsidiaries and all of their directors, officers,
employees, agents, successors, attorneys, and assigns. This indemnity will survive repayment of
the Borrowers obligations to the Bank. All sums due to the Bank hereunder shall be obligations of
the Borrowers, due and payable immediately without demand.
9.11 Notices. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in another agreement between the Bank
and the Borrowers, all notices required under this Agreement shall be personally delivered or sent
by first class mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier, to the addresses on the signature
page of this Agreement, or sent by facsimile to the fax numbers listed on the signature page, or to
such other addresses as the Bank and the Borrowers may specify from time to time in writing.
Notices and other communications shall be effective (i) if mailed, upon the earlier of receipt or
five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, postage prepaid, (ii) if telecopied,
when transmitted, or (iii) if hand-delivered, by courier or otherwise (including telegram,
lettergram or mailgram), when delivered.
9.12 Headings. Article and paragraph headings are for reference only and shall not affect the
interpretation or meaning of any provisions of this Agreement.
9.13 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as necessary or
convenient, and by the different parties on separate counterparts each of which, when so executed,
shall be deemed an original but all such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same
agreement.
9.14 Borrower Information; Reporting to Credit Bureaus. The Borrower authorizes the Bank at any
time to verify or check any information given by the Borrower to the Bank, check the Borrowers
credit references, verify employment, and obtain credit reports. The Borrower agrees that the Bank
shall have the right at all times to disclose and report to credit reporting agencies and credit
rating agencies such information pertaining to the Borrower and/or all guarantors as is consistent
with the Banks policies and practices from time to time in effect.
9.15 Prior Agreement Superseded. This Agreement supersedes the Loan Agreement entered into as of
March 26, 2004, between the Bank and the Borrowers, and any credit outstanding thereunder shall be
deemed to be outstanding under this Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
Ref
#: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
-16-
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
This Agreement is executed as of the date stated at the top of the first page.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower 1: |
|
Bank: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Resources Connection, Inc. |
|
Bank of America, N.A. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nathan W. Franke, Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower 2: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Resources Connection LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: Resources Connection, Inc., Sole Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nathan W. Franke, Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address where notices to Borrowers are to be sent: |
|
Address where notices to the Bank are to be sent: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17101 Armstrong Ave |
|
Farmington Attn: Notice Desk |
Irvine, CA 92614-5730 |
|
CT2-515-BB-03 |
US |
|
70 Batterson Park Road |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Farmington, CT 06032 |
Telephone: (714) 430-6340 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal law requires Bank of America, N.A. (the Bank) to provide the following notice. The
notice is not part of the foregoing agreement or instrument and may not be altered. Please read
the notice carefully.
(1) |
|
USA PATRIOT ACT NOTICE |
Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that
identifies each person who opens an account or obtains a loan. The Bank will ask for the
Borrowers legal name, address, tax ID number or social security number and other identifying
information. The Bank may also ask for additional information or documentation or take other
actions reasonably necessary to verify the identity of the Borrower, guarantors or other related
persons.
|
|
|
|
|
Ref
#: 1000225232 : RESOURCES CONNECTION INC.
Standard Loan Agreement
|
|
-17-
|
|
Revised 2/2005 |
exv21w1
EXHIBIT 21.1
LIST OF
SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
Name of Subsidiary
|
|
Jurisdiction of Organization
|
|
Resources Connection LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
Names under which Resources
|
|
|
Connection LLC does business:
|
|
|
Resources Global Professionals
|
|
|
Resources Connection LLC
|
|
|
Re:sources Connection LLC
|
|
|
RCTC LLC
|
|
|
RCTC
|
|
|
Resources Connection LLC of Delaware
|
|
|
Resources Connection LLC DBA RCTC
|
|
|
Resources Connection LLC, a limited liability company of Delaware
|
|
|
RC Management Group, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
Resources Audit Solutions, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
RC Holdings I, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
RC Holdings II, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
RGP Property LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
Sitrick Brincko Group LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
Resources Connection Australia Pty Ltd.
|
|
Australia
|
Names under which Resources Connection Australia Pty Ltd. does
business:
|
|
|
Resources Global Professionals
|
|
|
Resources Global Professionals (Belgium) NV
|
|
Belgium
|
Resources Global Professionals, Inc. (Canada)
|
|
Canada
|
Resources Global Enterprise Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
|
|
Peoples Republic of China
|
Resources Global Enterprise Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Shanghai Branch Company
|
|
|
|
|
Peoples Republic of China
|
Resources Global Professionals (Hong Kong) Limited
|
|
Hong Kong, Peoples Republic of China
|
Resources Global Professionals (Denmark) AS
|
|
Denmark
|
Resources Global Professionals (France) SAS
|
|
France
|
Resources Global Professionals (Germany) GmbH
|
|
Germany
|
Resources Global Professionals (India) Private Ltd.
|
|
India
|
Resources Global Professionals (Ireland) Ltd.
|
|
Ireland
|
Resources Global Professionals (Italy) SRL
|
|
Italy
|
Resources Global Professionals (Japan) K.K.
|
|
Japan
|
Resources Global Professionals (Luxembourg) SA
|
|
Luxembourg
|
Resources Management Mexico S de RL de CV
|
|
Mexico
|
Resources Connection Mexico S de RL de CV
|
|
Mexico
|
Domenica B.V.
|
|
Netherlands
|
Limbus Consulting B.V.
|
|
Netherlands
|
Limbus Holding B.V.
|
|
Netherlands
|
Limbus Interim management B.V.
|
|
Netherlands
|
Resources Global Professionals (Europe) BV
|
|
Netherlands
|
Resources Global Professionals Holdings BV
|
|
Netherlands
|
Resources Management & Finance b.v.
|
|
Netherlands
|
Resources Projects b.v.
|
|
Netherlands
|
|
|
|
Name of Subsidiary
|
|
Jurisdiction of Organization
|
|
Resources Global Professionals (Norway) AS
|
|
Norway
|
Resources Global Professionals (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
|
|
Singapore
|
M & D Selection AB
|
|
Sweden
|
Resources Global Professionals Sweden AB
|
|
Sweden
|
Resources Global Professionals (Switzerland) GmbH
|
|
Switzerland
|
Resources Connection (Taiwan) Ltd.
|
|
Taiwan
|
Compliance Consultants Services Ltd
|
|
United Kingdom
|
Compliance.co.uk Ltd
|
|
United Kingdom
|
Financial Services Training Ltd
|
|
United Kingdom
|
Resources Compliance (UK) Ltd
|
|
United Kingdom
|
Resources Connection (UK) Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom (England and Wales)
|
Names under which Resources Connection (UK) Ltd. does business:
|
|
|
Resources Global Professionals (UK)
|
|
|
exv23w1
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No.
333-158499, No. 333-142145, No. 333-127579, No. 333-54880 and No. 333-52730) of Resources
Connection, Inc. of our report dated July 26, 2010 relating to the consolidated financial
statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in
this Form 10-K. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Selected Financial Data
in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Orange County, California
July 26, 2010
exv31w1
EXHIBIT 31.1
Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
I, Donald B. Murray, certify that:
|
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Resources Connection, Inc.; |
|
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
|
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report; |
|
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
|
|
|
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
|
|
|
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control
over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles; |
|
|
|
|
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and |
|
|
|
|
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants
fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial
reporting; and |
|
|
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions): |
|
|
|
|
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
|
|
|
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have
a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: July 26, 2010
|
|
|
/s/ DONALD B. MURRAY
Donald B. Murray
|
|
|
Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
exv31w2
EXHIBIT 31.2
Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
I, Nathan W. Franke, certify that:
|
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Resources Connection, Inc.; |
|
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
|
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report; |
|
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
|
|
|
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
|
|
|
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control
over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles; |
|
|
|
|
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and |
|
|
|
|
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants
fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial
reporting; and |
|
|
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions): |
|
|
|
|
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
|
|
|
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have
a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: July 26, 2010
|
|
|
/s/ NATHAN W. FRANKE
Nathan W. Franke
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice |
|
|
President |
|
|
exv32w1
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 29, 2010 of
Resources Connection, Inc. (the Form 10-K), I, Donald B. Murray, Chief Executive Officer of
Resources Connection, Inc., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. The Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) and 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of Resources Connection, Inc.
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DONALD B. MURRAY |
|
|
|
|
|
Donald B. Murray |
|
|
Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
The foregoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any
filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general
incorporation language in such filing.
exv32w2
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 29, 2010 of
Resources Connection, Inc. (the Form 10-K), I, Nathan W. Franke, Chief Financial Officer of
Resources Connection, Inc., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. The Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) and 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of Resources Connection, Inc.
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ NATHAN W. FRANKE |
|
|
|
|
|
Nathan W. Franke |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and |
|
|
Executive Vice President |
The foregoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the
Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation
language in such filing.